[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2017194014A1 - Random access method, information transmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium - Google Patents

Random access method, information transmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017194014A1
WO2017194014A1 PCT/CN2017/084235 CN2017084235W WO2017194014A1 WO 2017194014 A1 WO2017194014 A1 WO 2017194014A1 CN 2017084235 W CN2017084235 W CN 2017084235W WO 2017194014 A1 WO2017194014 A1 WO 2017194014A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
random access
network side
optimal
resource
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2017/084235
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴丹
童辉
侯雪颖
王飞
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
China Mobile Communications Group Co Ltd
Research Institute of China Mobile Communication Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Research Institute of China Mobile Communication Co Ltd
China Mobile Communications Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201610320307.9A external-priority patent/CN106900075A/en
Priority claimed from CN201610320096.9A external-priority patent/CN106900074B/en
Priority claimed from CN201610666116.8A external-priority patent/CN106888507B/en
Application filed by Research Institute of China Mobile Communication Co Ltd, China Mobile Communications Corp filed Critical Research Institute of China Mobile Communication Co Ltd
Publication of WO2017194014A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017194014A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a random access method, an information transmission method, an apparatus, a related device, and a computer readable storage medium.
  • Massive Multiple-Input-Multiple-Output (Massive Multiple-Output) technology is an extension of traditional MIMO technology and is an important research direction of fifth-generation (5G) wireless communication.
  • Massive MIMO technology achieves an unprecedented level of system performance by increasing the number of antennas for communication and adopting a time division duplex communication mode.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the narrow beam can concentrate the power, so that the far-reaching users have the opportunity to access the system, but because of the smaller angular expansion, the horizontal coverage is reduced.
  • the base station can form multiple beams in different directions, transmit in sequence, and implement coverage by means of sweeping beams.
  • the increase in the number of terminal antennas makes it possible for the terminal to perform uplink beamforming. Therefore, this possibility needs to be considered in the access procedure.
  • a simplest access procedure includes a base station transmitting a main system information block (MIB) and a system information block (SIB, System) on a specified resource block (RE, Resource Block) resource by means of a sweeping beam.
  • MIB main system information block
  • SIB system information block
  • RE Resource Block
  • Information Block the terminal is also in the corresponding RE
  • a plurality of receiving beams are formed on the resource to receive the system information.
  • the terminal After receiving the system information, the terminal sends a random access sequence by using a sweeping beam on the designated physical random access channel (PRACH) resource. Scanning beam reception is performed on the corresponding RE resources, and the access process is completed after one round of base station and terminal scanning the beams.
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • the resource overhead of the access device such as the base station and the terminal is increased, and the access delay is also increased.
  • Beamforming a beam with a wider width and a narrower energy can be obtained, thereby increasing the transmission distance of the signal.
  • Beamforming techniques have been used in the transmission of user-specific data channels in LTE systems to achieve an increase in data channel coverage.
  • the beamforming technique based on single beam cannot guarantee the initiality of the broadcast channel because the beam width is narrowed. Access control channel coverage.
  • the basic multi-beam transmission method of beam scanning can solve this problem. The coverage of the communication system can be ensured by using a plurality of beams of different angles for scanning in turn.
  • the base station can determine that the optimal or better beam is selected from the multiple beams for transmission, thereby ensuring coverage and reducing overhead.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a random access processing method, an information transmission method, an apparatus, a related device, and a computer readable storage medium.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a random access method implemented by the terminal side, including:
  • the system information that is sent by using the transmitting beams that are different in the M direction, where the system information carries the configuration information of the time-frequency resources that are used to send the random access information, where M is a natural number; determining the optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side and the optimal transmitting beam information of the network side respectively; and according to the configuration information and the determined optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side and the optimal transmitting beam information of the network side, The network side sends random access information;
  • the network side Receiving system information transmitted by the network side using different transmit beams of M directions, wherein N and M are natural numbers; determining an optimal transmit beam on the network side; and transmitting random access to the network side
  • the request, the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a random access device implemented by the terminal side, including:
  • the first receiving unit is configured to receive, by using the receiving beams with different directions in the N direction, system information that is sent by using the transmitting beams that are different in the M direction, where the system information carries the time-frequency resources that are used to send the random access information.
  • Configuration information where N and M are natural numbers;
  • a first determining unit configured to determine terminal-side optimal receiving beam information and network-side optimal transmitting beam information, respectively;
  • the first sending unit is configured to send random access information to the network side according to the configuration information and the determined terminal-side optimal receiving beam information and network-side optimal transmitting beam information.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a terminal, which includes the random access device implemented by the terminal side.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a random access method implemented by the network side, including:
  • System information is transmitted to a user equipment (UE, User Equipment) by using a transmission beam with different M directions, where the system information carries configuration information of a time-frequency resource for transmitting random access information, where M is a natural number; Decoding the random access information sent by the UE according to the configuration information;
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a random access device implemented on the network side, including:
  • the third sending unit is configured to send system information to the UE by using different transmit directions of the M directions, where the system information carries configuration information of a time-frequency resource for transmitting random access information, where M is a natural number;
  • a third receiving unit configured to receive random access information sent by the UE according to the configuration information, or
  • the device includes:
  • the fourth sending unit is configured to send system information to the UE by using different transmit directions of M directions, where the M is a natural number;
  • the fourth receiving unit is configured to receive a random access request that is sent by the UE after receiving the system information, where the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a base station, which includes the random access device implemented by the network side.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a terminal, and the method includes:
  • the base station Receiving first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information;
  • the request information is reported to the base station by using the determined reporting resource; the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a base station, and the method includes:
  • the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information
  • the second information characterizing the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based manner is sent;
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, where the terminal includes:
  • a first receiving unit configured to receive first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes at least first system information and/or synchronization information;
  • a first acquiring unit configured to acquire second information when the base station transmits in a multi-beam based manner; the second information represents optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner;
  • a first determining unit configured to determine, by using the second information, a reporting resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource
  • the reporting unit is configured to report the request information to the base station by using the determined reporting resource, where the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station includes:
  • a first sending unit configured to send the first information in a multi-beam based manner;
  • the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information;
  • a second receiving unit configured to receive request information reported by the terminal
  • the second obtaining unit is configured to obtain the reporting resource occupied by reporting the request information during the receiving process
  • a second determining unit configured to determine second information according to reporting the reporting resource occupied by the request information; the second information characterizing optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner; according to the second Information, determining a transmission resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information;
  • the second sending unit is configured to send the third information corresponding to the request information to the terminal by using the determined sending resource.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a computer readable storage medium having stored thereon a computer program, the computer program being executed by a processor to implement the steps of the foregoing method.
  • the random access method, device, related device, and computer readable storage medium can reduce the access delay while reducing the resource overhead of the related access device.
  • the network side uses multiple beams to transmit system information to the terminal, and the transmitted system information carries configuration information of the time-frequency resources available for the terminal to send the random access information, and the terminal side uses multiple beam reception.
  • the system information transmitted by the network side, the terminal can determine the optimal terminal side receiving beam information and the optimal network side transmitting beam information, and accordingly, the terminal can determine the optimal receiving beam information and configuration information of the terminal side according to the determined terminal side.
  • the optimal transmit beam information on the network side sends the random access information to the network side without transmitting random access information to the network side on multiple beams, thereby saving the processing resource overhead of the terminal and reducing the access delay.
  • the random access request sent by the terminal to the network side carries the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information, so that the network side can determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side, and the subsequent network side sends the random access response to the terminal.
  • the optimal transmission beam can be transmitted without using the sweeping beam mode, thereby saving the processing resource overhead of the network side and reducing the random access delay.
  • the terminal receives the first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes the first system information and/or the synchronization information; and the acquiring the base station is Second information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner; the second information characterizing optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner; determining, by using the second information, the report request information in the reserved resource
  • the required reporting resource is used to report the request information to the base station by using the determined reporting resource; the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information; and the base station receives the request information reported by the terminal; and obtains the request information during the receiving process.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation process of a random access method implemented on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 1b is a mapping relationship between a time-frequency resource available for transmitting a random access information by a UE and a beam direction information of a transmitting beam of a network side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation process of a random access method implemented by a base station side according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation process of random access and information transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device implemented on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access apparatus implemented on a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another implementation manner of a random access method implemented by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation process of a random access method implemented by another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an implementation process of random access and information transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access apparatus implemented on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access apparatus implemented on a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of implementing on-demand transmission system information by means of sweeping a beam in a related art
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting information on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 15a-d are schematic diagrams showing the form of optimal transmit beam information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16a-d are schematic diagrams showing correspondence between report resources and optimal transmit beam information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a timing relationship between a reserved resource and a previous step of receiving the first information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 18a-b are schematic diagrams showing the relationship between reserved resources and system bandwidth according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting information on a base station side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a random access method, device, related device, and system.
  • the random access method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a mobile communication system, and is particularly applicable to a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) system.
  • TDD Time Division Duplexing
  • both the base station and the terminal need to send or receive information by means of sweeping the beam, which not only increases the overhead of processing resources of the base station and the terminal, but also increases random access. And information transmission delay.
  • the channel reciprocity of the TDD system is used, and the mapping relationship between the transmit beam and the access time-frequency resource of the base station is added to the system information, thereby the initial step of initiating the access process in the terminal.
  • the use of deterministic beam transmission without the use of sweep beam transmission can simplify the beamforming based access procedure, reduce the overhead of processing resources of the terminal and reduce the access delay.
  • FIG. 1a a schematic flowchart of an implementation process of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present invention is provided on a terminal side, which may include the following steps:
  • the UE uses the receiving beams with different directions in the N direction to receive system information that is sent by the network side using the transmitting beams with different M directions.
  • the network side base station may send the system information by using a sweeping beam, that is, the base station forms M transmit beams with different directions, and sends the system information to the UE by using the M transmit beams with different directions.
  • the transmit beam of the base station is marked as eNBT 1 , eNBT 2 ... eNBT M , and these beams can be used to transmit system information transmission resources in the existing LTE system, or can be transmitted in the vicinity of existing LTE system information transmission resources.
  • the transmission period of the system information is reduced to 1/M of the existing LTE system
  • the transmission resources of the existing LTE system are required to be M times.
  • the UE receives the system information sent by the base station by means of the sweeping beam, that is, the terminal forms the receiving beam receiving system information with different directions in the N direction, and the receiving beam labels of the UE are labeled as UER 1 , UER 2 ... UER N .
  • the received system information carries configuration information of a time-frequency resource for transmitting random access information, and N and M are natural numbers.
  • the UE determines the optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side and the optimal transmitting beam information of the network side, respectively.
  • the UE can determine the optimal receive beam on the terminal side and the optimal receive beam on the network side according to certain principles. For example, the UE can determine the highest signal to noise ratio and/or signal. The receiving beam with the strongest intensity is the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side, and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam that matches the direction of the optimal receiving beam is determined to be the optimal transmitting beam of the network side. Correspondingly, the UE may determine that the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side is the optimal transmit beam information of the network side and the beam direction information of the optimal receive beam of the terminal side is the optimal receive beam information of the terminal side.
  • the UE sends the random access information to the network side according to the configuration information carried in the system information, the determined terminal-side optimal receiving beam information, and the network-side optimal transmitting beam information.
  • the beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side determined in step S12 is also the optimal transmission of the UE.
  • the direction of the beam therefore, when the UE needs to perform uplink random access, it can directly send random access information in the direction of the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side determined by the UE.
  • the network side pre-configures the uplink access time-frequency resources available to the UE by using the transmitted system information.
  • the network side may pre-define the time-frequency resources that the UE sends the random access information into the M group.
  • a time-frequency resource group corresponds to a beam direction of a transmitting beam, as shown in FIG. 1b, which is a schematic diagram of a correspondence between a time-frequency resource available for transmitting the random access information and a transmitting beam at the network side.
  • the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain;
  • the relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division.
  • the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information may be continuous or non-contiguous in the time domain. Similarly, it may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain; the relationship between each time-frequency resource group may be time-division, frequency-divided, or both.
  • the corresponding relationship is embodied in the system information, and includes a relationship between a time-frequency resource location and a beam sequence number or a beam feature, or a relationship between a resource start location, a resource pattern, and a beam sequence or a beam feature is sent in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station stores the mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam, and the base station notifies the mapping relationship of the UE by signaling, and the mapping relationship may be a one-to-one relationship, that is, a group identifier and a beam.
  • the direction information is corresponding to the one-to-one relationship, that is, the multiple group identifiers are associated with one beam direction information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, the configuration information carried in the system information sent by the base station to the UE may be a mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam.
  • the beam direction information may be any information that can indicate the direction of the beam, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the step S13 may be implemented according to the following process: the UE searches for the group identifier corresponding to the beam direction information of the network-side optimal transmit beam from the mapping relationship carried in the system information; the UE searches for the time-frequency resource corresponding to the found group identifier. According to the beam direction information of the optimal receiving beam on the terminal side, the random access information is sent to the network side by using the corresponding beam direction.
  • the UE After obtaining the system information, the UE needs to send the random access information in the uplink direction, and the random access information may be a random access sequence, and the UE adopts the terminal-side optimal receiving beam determined in step S12, and is assumed to be UER i ( The beam direction of 1 ⁇ i ⁇ N) is used as the uplink transmission beam direction to transmit random access information to the network side.
  • the UE When transmitting the random access information, the UE determines, according to the mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam, which are available in the system information, The group identifier j of the time-frequency resource group of the beam direction information (assumed to be eNBT j ), and the UE transmits the random access information to the network side using the beam direction of the terminal-side optimal reception beam UER i on the corresponding time-frequency resource group.
  • the embodiment of the present invention may be implemented according to the flow shown in FIG. 2 Access method:
  • the base station sends system information to the UE by using M transmit beams with different directions.
  • the system information carries configuration information of a time-frequency resource that is used to send random access information, where M is a natural number.
  • step S21 corresponds to the above-mentioned step S11.
  • step S11 For the specific implementation process, refer to the implementation of step S11, and details are not described herein again.
  • the base station receives random access information that is sent by the UE according to the configuration information.
  • the base station since the optimal transmit beam direction of the terminal side of the UE and the optimal transmit beam direction of the UE are not known, the base station still needs to receive the random mode by using the swept beam on the time-frequency resource that the UE sends the random access information. Access information, but the base station only transmits the random access information on the time-frequency resource group j corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the network side of the base station using the terminal-side optimal receive beam direction of the UE. Random access information is detected on resource group j.
  • the random access method implemented by the network side may further include the following steps:
  • the base station may determine the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information, and search for the UE to send the random access information in the mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam.
  • the beam direction information corresponding to the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group used is determined, and the found beam direction information is determined as the optimal transmit beam information of the network side; and the beam direction of the UE transmitting the random access information is the terminal-side optimal transmit beam of the UE.
  • determining that the time-frequency resource included in the time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information is a time-frequency resource that sends a random access response.
  • the base station may search for the beam direction information of the corresponding transmit beam from the mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmit beam according to the group identifier j of the detected time-frequency resource group.
  • the eNB is the eNBT j . Therefore, the base station can determine the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side of the base station. According to the reciprocity of the uplink and downlink channels, this is also the optimal receive beam direction of the network side.
  • the downlink information is sent to the UE by using the corresponding beam direction according to the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam on the network side.
  • the optimal transmit beam direction of the network side, the optimal receive beam direction of the network side, the optimal receive beam direction of the terminal side, and the optimal transmit beam of the terminal side may be determined according to the access flow.
  • the direction transmits and receives information without performing sweep beam reception, thereby saving overhead of processing resources of the base station and the UE, and reducing information transmission delay.
  • the UE may send uplink information to the network side according to the determined beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the terminal side (UER i in the above example), and the network side according to the network side
  • the determined network-side optimal receive beam direction information uses the corresponding beam direction to receive the uplink information sent by the UE; the network side uses the corresponding beam direction according to the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side.
  • (eNBT j in the above example) transmits downlink information to the UE, and the UE receives the downlink information transmitted by the network side according to the determined terminal-side optimal reception beam direction information using the corresponding beam direction (UER i in the above example).
  • the UE may further adjust the corresponding beam direction according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained in each step to achieve better transmission performance.
  • the network side can also adjust the corresponding beam direction according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained at each step to achieve better transmission performance.
  • access messages of different UEs may be differentiated by using beam direction, time-frequency resources, and random access sequences, so that multi-user access can be better supported: when there are multiple expectations in the system
  • the random access sequence may be transmitted on different time-frequency resources, and no interference will occur between multiple users; if the direction of the beams selected by multiple terminals is the same
  • the selected random access sequence is different, and the base station side can also distinguish. Therefore, the random access method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can better distinguish the random access request of multiple users and better support multi-user transmission.
  • the UE only performs the single when receiving the system information.
  • Receiving to the sweep beam the subsequent steps only need to be sent and received in a single beam direction to complete the random access procedure, thereby reducing the number of sweeping beams in the random access process and simplifying the access process based on the beamforming method.
  • the terminal resource overhead and access delay are reduced.
  • the network side base station For the network side base station, it only needs to use the sweeping beam mode to transmit and receive information when the UE transmits the system information and receives the random access information sent by the UE in a single beam direction, and the execution is completed. After the above two steps, the network side can also know its own optimal transmit beam direction and the optimal receive beam direction of the UE. Then, the network side only needs to send and receive information in a single direction, thereby reducing the resources of the network side base station. Overhead, reducing the information transmission delay.
  • the network side sends system information to the UE by using different transmit beams in M directions.
  • the network side needs to configure the time-frequency resources that the UE sends the random access information in advance, and carries the corresponding configuration information in the sent system information.
  • the network side may divide the time-frequency resources that the UE sends the random access information into M groups, and each group corresponds to the beam direction of one network side transmitting beam.
  • the configuration information carried in the system information may be a mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group in which the random access information is available and the beam direction information of the transmission beam formed by the network side transmission system information.
  • the network side forms M transmit beams with different directions to transmit system information in a sweeping manner.
  • the UE forms N receiving beams to receive system information sent by the network side.
  • the UE receives system information by means of a sweep beam.
  • the UE determines the optimal receive beam information on the terminal side and the optimal transmit beam information on the network side.
  • the UE may determine the optimal receive beam of the terminal side and the optimal transmit beam of the network side according to the signal to noise ratio of the transmit beam and the receive beam, and determine the beam direction information of the optimal receive beam of the terminal side as the optimal transmit beam information of the terminal side. And determining beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam on the network side as optimal receive beam information on the network side.
  • the UE sends the random access information to the network side according to the determined terminal-side optimal receive beam information and the network-side optimal transmit beam information.
  • the UE can determine that the optimal receiving beam at the terminal side is also the optimal transmitting beam at the terminal side. Therefore, the UE can use the determined optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side in the corresponding beam direction.
  • a single beam direction transmits random access information to the network side.
  • the mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group available for the random access information and the beam direction information of the transmit beam formed by the network-side transmitting system information may be sent by the UE carried in the system information. And determining the optimal transmit beam information of the network side, determining a time-frequency resource group corresponding to the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side, and transmitting the random access by using the optimal receive beam direction of the terminal side on the corresponding time-frequency resource information.
  • the network side receives random access information.
  • the network side still needs to form multiple beams. All time-frequency resources that are available to the UE to send random access information can receive random access information through the sweeping beam mode, but since the UE is only in a specific time-frequency resource group (assuming the group identifier is j) is transmitted in a single direction, so the network side only receives random access information on the time-frequency resource group j.
  • the network side determines the optimal transmit beam information on the network side and the optimal transmit beam information on the terminal side.
  • the network side determines the optimal transmit beam direction information of the network side according to the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group that receives the random access information, and determines the terminal side optimal according to the beam direction of the UE transmitting the random access information. Transmit beam direction information.
  • both the network side base station and the UE have obtained the optimal transmit beam direction and the optimal receive beam direction of each other, and in the subsequent uplink and downlink information transmission steps, the sum may be sent according to the optimal transmit beam direction and the optimal receive beam direction of each other. Receive information.
  • the UE sends uplink information to the network side by using a corresponding beam direction according to beam direction information of the optimal receiving beam at the terminal side.
  • the UE may adjust the corresponding beam direction according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained at each step to achieve better transmission performance.
  • the network side sends downlink information to the UE by using a corresponding beam direction according to beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side.
  • the network side can adjust the corresponding beam direction according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained at each step to achieve better transmission performance.
  • the terminal side and the network side are further provided in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Random access devices, related devices and systems that are not implemented since the principles of solving the above-mentioned devices, devices, and systems are similar to the random access methods implemented on the terminal side and the network side, respectively, the implementation of the devices, devices, and systems described above may be implemented. See the implementation of the method, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device implemented on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention, including:
  • the first receiving unit 41 is configured to receive, by using the receiving beams that are different in the N directions, system information that is sent by using the transmitting beams that are different in the M direction, where the system information carries the time-frequency resources that are used to send the random access information.
  • Configuration information where N and M are natural numbers;
  • the first determining unit 42 is configured to determine terminal-side optimal receiving beam information and network-side optimal transmitting beam information, respectively.
  • the first sending unit 43 is configured to send random access information to the network side according to the configuration information and the determined terminal-side optimal receiving beam information and network-side optimal transmitting beam information.
  • the configuration information includes a mapping relationship between a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group in which the random access information is available and a beam direction information of the sending beam, where the network-side optimal transmitting beam information includes an optimal network side.
  • the first sending unit 43 includes:
  • the locating unit 431 is configured to search for a group identifier corresponding to the beam direction information of the network-side optimal transmit beam from the mapping relationship carried in the system information.
  • the sending sub-unit 432 is configured to send the random access information to the network side by using the corresponding beam direction according to the beam direction information of the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the found group identifier.
  • the first sending unit 43 may be configured to send uplink information to the network side according to the beam direction information of the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side after the random access is successful.
  • the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; Corresponding relationship between time-frequency resources and transmit beams available for transmitting random access information is time-division and/or frequency-division
  • the first determining unit 42 includes:
  • the first determining subunit 421 is configured to determine that the beam direction information of the receiving beam with the highest signal to noise ratio is the terminal side optimal receiving beam information;
  • the second determining subunit 422 is configured to determine that the beam direction information of the transmit beam that matches the optimal receive beam direction is the network side optimal transmit beam information.
  • the first receiving unit 41, the first sending unit 43, the first determining unit 42, the searching subunit 431, and the transmitting subunit 432 may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the terminal side in combination with a network interface.
  • the random access device implemented on the terminal side further includes a memory.
  • the above parts are respectively divided into modules (or units) according to functions.
  • the functions of the various modules (or units) may be implemented in one or more software or hardware in the practice of the invention.
  • the random access device shown in FIG. 4 can be disposed in the terminal.
  • FIG. 5 it is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device implemented by a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention, which may include:
  • the third sending unit 51 is configured to send system information to the UE by using different transmit directions of the M directions, where the system information carries configuration information of a time-frequency resource for transmitting random access information, where M is a natural number;
  • the third receiving unit 52 is configured to receive random access information that is sent by the UE according to the configuration information.
  • the random access device implemented on the network side may further include:
  • the third determining unit 53 is configured to determine, according to the received random access information, network-side optimal transmit beam information, terminal-side optimal transmit beam information of the UE, and time-frequency resources for transmitting a random access response.
  • the configuration information includes a mapping relationship between a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group in which the random access information is available and beam direction information of the transmitting beam, and the random access information is the UE according to the
  • the third determining unit 53 includes:
  • a first determining sub-unit 531 configured to determine a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information, where the mapping is used to search for a time when the UE sends the random access information
  • the beam direction information corresponding to the group identifier of the frequency resource group is determined, and the found beam direction information is determined as the optimal transmit beam information of the network side;
  • a second determining sub-unit 532 configured to determine that a beam direction in which the UE sends the random access information is terminal-side optimal transmit beam information of the UE;
  • the third determining sub-unit 533 is configured to determine that the time-frequency resource included in the time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information is a time-frequency resource that sends a random access response.
  • the third sending unit 51 is further configured to: after the random access succeeds, send downlink information to the UE by using a corresponding beam direction according to beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side.
  • the above parts are respectively divided into modules (or units) according to functions.
  • the functions of the various modules (or units) may be implemented in one or more software or hardware in the practice of the invention.
  • the random access device shown in FIG. 5 can be disposed in a base station.
  • the third sending unit 51 and the third receiving unit 52 may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the network side in combination with a network interface; the third determining unit 53 and the first determining subunit 531, The second determining subunit 532 and the third determining subunit 533 may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the network side.
  • the random access device implemented on the network side further includes a memory, a memory, and the processor acquires an instruction from the memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its function in combination with hardware.
  • FIG. 6 it is a schematic structural diagram of a random access system according to an embodiment of the present invention, which may include a terminal (UE) 61 and a base station 62.
  • the terminal 61 is provided with a random access device as shown in FIG.
  • a random access device shown in FIG. 5 is provided in the base station 62.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a random access method, device, related device and system.
  • the terminal side carries the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information in the random access request sent to the network side, so that the network side can determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side according to the network side, and the network side is the most
  • the optimal transmit beam transmits the downlink information such as the random access response to the UE in the corresponding beam direction without using the sweep beam mode, which simplifies the beamforming-based access procedure, reduces the overhead of the network side base station processing resources, and reduces Random access delay and information transmission delay.
  • the implementation flow diagram of the random access method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is implemented on the terminal side, and may include the following steps:
  • the UE uses the receiving beams with different directions in the N direction to receive system information that is sent by the network side using the transmitting beams with different M directions.
  • the network side base station may send the system information by using a sweeping beam, that is, the base station forms M transmit beams with different directions, and sends the system information to the UE by using the M transmit beams with different directions.
  • the transmit beam of the base station is marked as eNBT 1 , eNBT 2 ... eNBT M , and these beams can be used to transmit system information transmission resources in the existing LTE system, or can be transmitted in the vicinity of existing LTE system information transmission resources.
  • the transmission period of the system information is reduced to 1/M of the existing LTE system
  • the transmission resources of the existing LTE system are required to be M times.
  • the UE receives the system information sent by the base station by means of the sweeping beam, that is, the terminal forms the receiving beam receiving system information with different directions in the N direction, and the receiving beam labels of the UE are labeled as UER 1 , UER 2 ... UER N .
  • N and M are natural numbers.
  • the UE determines an optimal transmit beam on the network side.
  • the UE may first determine the optimal receive beam of the terminal side according to the received signal to noise ratio, and based on this, the beam direction of the optimal receive beam of the terminal side is matched.
  • the determination of the transmit beam is the network-side optimal transmit beam, assuming eNBT j , j is a natural number not greater than M.
  • the UE After obtaining the system information, the UE needs to send a random access request in the uplink direction, which includes random access information such as a random access sequence, and the UE sends the beam labels as UET1, UET2, ..., UETM', in addition to carrying the random access request.
  • the indication information of the network-side optimal transmit beam eNBTj determined by the UE is also included in the random access request, so that the base station can receive the random access request according to the network.
  • the side optimal transmit beam indication information determines the network side optimal transmit beam.
  • the UE may carry the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information in the random access request sent to the network side to notify the base station of the network side optimal transmit beam. .
  • the system information that the base station sends to the UE may carry at least one of the following information for determining the first corresponding relationship between the network side optimal transmit beam indication information and the corresponding indication identifier of the transmit beam identifier; a second correspondence between the first group identifier and the transmission beam identifier corresponding to the random access sequence group obtained by the random access sequence, and the time-frequency resource obtained by the UE transmitting the time-frequency resources available for the random access request.
  • the network side may pre-arrange the type of correspondence between the UE and the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side, that is, the network side may pre-arrange the use of the first correspondence relationship or the second correspondence relationship with the UE, or In the three-relationship relationship, the UE selects a corresponding correspondence relationship according to the type of the correspondence relationship pre-agreed with the network side to determine the optimal beam indication information on the network side.
  • the network side indicates, by using signaling, the type of the correspondence relationship used by the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side.
  • the second corresponding relationship there may be several corresponding manners shown in Table 2 to Table 4, if the network side and the terminal side pre-agreed the use.
  • the corresponding relationship includes the at least two corresponding manners, and the network side indicates, by using the signaling, the corresponding manner for the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side, that is, the network side needs to indicate to the UE by using the signaling in Table 2 - Table 4 Which corresponding method determines the optimal transmit beam indication information on the network side.
  • the third correspondence includes a correspondence between a time-frequency resource location included in each time-frequency resource group and a beam identifier of the transmit beam (which may be a beam sequence number or a beam feature); or the third correspondence includes each time-frequency resource
  • the correspondence between the start position of the time-frequency resource, the resource mode, and the beam identifier of the transmit beam are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain;
  • the relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division.
  • FIG. 1b it is a schematic diagram of a correspondence between time-frequency resources available for the UE to send random access information and a transmit beam at the network side.
  • the correspondence between the RE (resource element) and the beam direction indicates that the time-frequency resource available for transmitting the random access information may be continuous or non-contiguous in the time domain; similarly, it may be continuous in the frequency domain. It may also be non-contiguous; the relationship between each time-frequency resource group may be time-division, frequency-divided, or both.
  • the correspondence relationship is embodied in the system information, and includes a relationship between a time-frequency resource location and a beam sequence number or a beam feature, or a relationship between a resource start position, a resource pattern, and a beam sequence number or a beam feature.
  • step S73 it may be implemented in any of the following manners in step S73:
  • the random access request is sent to the network side according to the first correspondence between the sending beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier.
  • the UE may determine, according to the first correspondence, an indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the optimal transmit beam of the network side; and the indication identifier corresponding to the determined beam identifier of the optimal transmit beam of the network side.
  • the network side optimal transmit beam indication information.
  • the terminal determines the optimal transmit beam of the network side transmit beam BTB2, and the UE searches for the corresponding indication identifier in Table 1, that is, 010, the random access that the terminal sends to the network side.
  • the 3 bit information 010 is used in the request to indicate the network side base station, so that the network side base station can determine the network side optimal transmit beam as BTB2 according to the indication identifier 010.
  • the bits occupied by the indication identifier are also different.
  • the second embodiment sends a random access request to the network side according to the second correspondence between the first group identifier and the transmit beam identifier corresponding to the random access sequence group obtained by grouping the random access sequence.
  • the network side may pre-divide the random access sequence into the M group. And assigning a corresponding group identifier to each group, that is, one group identifier corresponds to a group of random access sequences, and each group identifier corresponds to one network side transmitting beam, and after receiving the system information, the terminal is determined according to the determined network side.
  • the optimal beam is selected from a set of random access sequences corresponding to the optimal beam on the network side and is sent to the network side in a random access request, and the network side can determine the belongs according to the random access sequence selected by the terminal.
  • the random sequence group further determines the network side optimal transmit beam according to the first group identifier of the random sequence group to which it belongs.
  • the random access sequence included in each random access sequence group may be continuous and may be discontinuous.
  • Group identification Random access sequence number included Network side transmit beam identification G1 SN1-SN5 eNBT0 G2 SN6-SN7 eNBT1 G3 SN8-SN9 eNBT2 G4 SN10-SN12 eNBT3 ?? .... .
  • the network side and the terminal side may pre-agreed the number of random access sequences included in each random access sequence group, and thus, in the second correspondence relationship only It is required to indicate the starting random access sequence number of each group.
  • the network side and the terminal side stipulate that each random access sequence group includes three random access sequences, as shown in Table 3, which is a random access sequence.
  • Table 3 which is a random access sequence.
  • the network side and the terminal side may also stipulate that only the starting random access sequence number of each group is indicated in the second correspondence, according to the next
  • the start random access sequence number of the group determines the random access sequence number of the last group, as shown in Table 4, when the random sequence sequence number included in the random access sequence group is continuous, between the group identifier and the beam identifier
  • the second correspondence is shown:
  • the random access sequence number included in the group identifier G1 can be SN1-SN5
  • the starting random access sequence number of G3 is SN8
  • the random access sequence number included in the group identifier G2 can be SN6-SN7, and so on.
  • the termination random access sequence number may also be used in the second correspondence, and the initial random access sequence of the next group is determined according to the termination random access sequence number of the previous group.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • the UE may send a random to the network side in the following manner.
  • An access request determining, according to the second correspondence, a first group of identifiers corresponding to beam identifiers of the optimal transmit beams of the network side; sending a random access request to the network side, where the random access request carries the The first group of identifiers selects any random access sequence selected in the random access sequence group.
  • the third embodiment sends a random connection to the network side according to the third correspondence between the second group identifier and the transmission beam identifier corresponding to the time-frequency resource group obtained by grouping the time-frequency resources available for the UE to send the random access request. Into the request.
  • the network side may divide the time-frequency resources that the UE sends the random access request into the M group in advance, and assign a corresponding group identifier to each group, that is, one group identifier corresponds to a set of available access times.
  • a frequency resource and each group identifier corresponds to one network side transmission beam identifier
  • the terminal searches for the optimal beam identifier corresponding to the network side in the third correspondence relationship according to the determined network side optimal beam.
  • the second group of the frequency resource group sends a random access request to the network side on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second group identifier, and the network side sends the random access according to the UE after receiving the random access request.
  • the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group used by the request is searched for the corresponding network-side transmit beam identifier, and the corresponding transmit beam corresponding to the network-side transmit beam identifier is determined to be the network-side optimal transmit beam.
  • the UE may further determine the terminal-side receiving beam with the highest signal-to-noise ratio as the terminal-side optimal receiving beam according to the receiving beam signal-to-noise ratio of the receiving system information of the terminal side, and assume that it is UER i , i Is a natural number not greater than N.
  • the random access method implemented by the terminal side may further include the following steps: receiving a random access response sent by the network side.
  • the UE may receive the random access response sent by the network side in the determined beam direction of the terminal-side optimal receiving beam (in this example, UER i ).
  • the random access response may carry the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information determined by the network side, and assume that the UE according to the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information carried in the random access response It is determined that the optimal transmit beam on the terminal side is UET r (r is a natural number not greater than M′).
  • the UE obtains the terminal side optimal transmit beam UET r and the terminal side optimal receive beam UER i .
  • the subsequent UE may send the uplink information to the network side by using the beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the terminal side, and receive the downlink information sent by the network side in the beam direction corresponding to the optimal receive beam of the terminal side.
  • FIG. 8 it is a schematic flowchart of implementing a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present invention on a network side, which may include the following steps:
  • S81 Send system information to the UE by using different transmit beams in M directions.
  • step S81 The specific implementation process of the step 81 is similar to the above step S71. Therefore, the implementation of step S81 can refer to the above step S71, and details are not described herein again.
  • the system information carries at least one of the following information for determining the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side: a first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; and randomizing the random access sequence
  • the first group of identifiers and transmission waves corresponding to the access sequence group A second correspondence between the bundle identifiers and a third correspondence between the second group identifiers corresponding to the time-frequency resource groups obtained by grouping the time-frequency resources available for the UE to obtain the random access request and the transmit beam identifiers.
  • the terminal may send a random access request to the UE according to the information carried in the system information to notify the network side of the optimal transmit beam.
  • the network side and the UE pre-approve the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side; or the network side uses the signaling to indicate the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side.
  • the network side For each corresponding relationship, if the corresponding relationship includes at least two corresponding manners, the network side indicates, by using signaling, a corresponding manner for the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side.
  • the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain;
  • the relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division.
  • the third correspondence includes a correspondence between a time-frequency resource location included in each time-frequency resource group and a beam identifier of the transmission beam; or the third correspondence includes a start time of the time-frequency resource included in each time-frequency resource group, Correspondence between the resource mode and the beam identification of the transmit beam.
  • the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain;
  • the relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division. Specifically, it can be referred to FIG. 1b.
  • the base station can determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side according to the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information carried in the received random access request, which is eNBT j in this example.
  • the base station determines the optimal transmit beam on the network side according to the network side optimal beam indication information carried in the random access request.
  • the network side optimal transmit beam indication information is an indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the network side optimal beam that is determined by the UE in the first correspondence relationship
  • the network side may follow the following method. Determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side:
  • the transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined to be an optimal transmit beam on the network side.
  • the network side may determine the network-side optimal transmit beam according to the following method:
  • the transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined to be an optimal transmit beam on the network side.
  • the network side may determine the network-side optimal transmit beam according to the following method:
  • the transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined to be an optimal transmit beam on the network side.
  • the base station side can determine that the network side receiving beam with the highest signal to noise ratio is the optimal network side receiving beam, which is assumed to be eNBRk ( If the k is a natural number that is not greater than N', the base station may determine that the terminal side transmit beam that matches the optimal network side receive beam direction is the terminal side optimal transmit beam, and assume that the terminal side optimal transmit beam is the UETr.
  • the network side can determine that the optimal transmit beam on the network side is eNBT j and the optimal receive beam on the network side is eNBRk.
  • the subsequent network side may send downlink information to the UE in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the network side, and receive uplink information sent by the UE in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal receive beam of the network side.
  • the base station After receiving the random access request sent by the UE, the base station responds to the request and sends a random access response to the UE. Similarly, the base station needs to carry the base station to determine the terminal-side optimal transmit beam UETr in the random access response. Instructions. In an embodiment, the base station may send a random access response to the UE according to the obtained beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the network side.
  • the random access method implemented by the network side may further include: sending a random access response to the UE according to the beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam according to the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side, where the random access response carries The terminal side optimally transmits beam indication information.
  • the base station may join in the sent random access response.
  • the bit information is used to indicate the optimal transmit beam of the UE terminal side.
  • the base station may establish a correspondence between the beam identifier of each of the terminal side transmit beams and the indication identifier according to the transmit beam of the terminal side, and determine the corresponding indication identifier according to the determined beam identifier corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the terminal side. And carrying the indication identifier in the random access response.
  • the base station should establish the established beam identifier of each terminal side transmission beam and the indication identifier. The UE is notified of the corresponding relationship, so that the UE determines the optimal transmit beam of the terminal side according to the indication identifier carried in the random access response.
  • the sweeping process in the random access process can be reduced, thereby simplifying the access process based on the beamforming method, reducing resource overhead and access delay.
  • the network side sends system information to the UE by using different transmit beams in M directions.
  • the network side forms M transmit beams with different directions to transmit system information in a sweeping manner. At least one of the following information may be included in the system information sent to the UE: the transmitting wave a first correspondence between the bundle identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; a second correspondence between the first group identifier corresponding to the random access sequence group obtained by grouping the random access sequence and the transmit beam identifier; sending the UE And a third correspondence between the second group identifier corresponding to the time-frequency resource group and the transmission beam identifier obtained by the time-frequency resource that is obtained by the random access request.
  • the UE forms N receiving beams to receive system information sent by the network side.
  • the UE receives system information by means of a sweep beam.
  • the UE determines an optimal receive beam on the terminal side and an optimal transmit beam on the network side.
  • the UE may determine the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side according to the signal to noise ratio of the receiving beam, and determine the transmitting beam that matches the beam direction of the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side as the network side optimal transmitting beam.
  • the UE sends a random access request to the network side.
  • the UE carries the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information in the random access request sent to the network side.
  • the UE may determine, according to at least one of the following information carried in the system information, the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information carried in the random access request: the first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; a second correspondence between the first group identifier and the transmit beam identifier corresponding to the random access sequence group obtained by grouping the random access sequence; and a time frequency obtained by grouping the time-frequency resources available for the UE to send the random access request.
  • the UE may determine, according to the first correspondence, an indication identifier corresponding to a beam identifier of an optimal transmit beam of the network side, and an indication corresponding to the determined beam identifier of the network-side optimal transmit beam.
  • the identifier is used as the network side optimal transmit beam indication information.
  • the UE may determine, according to the second correspondence, a first group identifier corresponding to a beam identifier of an optimal transmit beam of the network side, and send a random access request to the network side, where the random access request is used. And carrying any random access sequence selected from the group of random access sequences corresponding to the first group of identifiers.
  • the UE may determine, according to the third correspondence, a second group of identifiers corresponding to the beam identifiers of the network-side optimal transmit beams, and send the random interfaces to the network side on the time-frequency resources corresponding to the second group of identifiers. Into the request.
  • the network side receives a random access request.
  • the network side still needs to form multiple beams to receive random access requests in the sweep beam mode for all time-frequency resources available to the UE to send random access requests.
  • the network side determines an optimal transmit beam on the network side, an optimal receive beam on the network side, and an optimal transmit beam on the terminal side.
  • the network side determines the optimal transmit beam on the network side according to the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information carried in the received random access request, and the signal-to-noise ratio of the receive beam received by the network side according to the network side receiving the random access request.
  • the network side receiving beam with the highest signal to noise ratio is determined as the optimal network side receiving beam
  • the terminal side transmitting beam that matches the beam direction of the optimal network side receiving beam is determined to be the terminal side optimal transmitting beam.
  • the network side optimal transmit beam indication information is an indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the network side optimal beam that is determined by the UE in the first correspondence relationship
  • the network side may follow the following The method determines the optimal transmit beam on the network side: according to the indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the optimal beam on the network side, the corresponding beam identifier is searched from the first correspondence relationship; and the transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined as the network side.
  • Optimal transmit beam is an indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the network side optimal beam that is determined by the UE in the first correspondence relationship
  • the network side may determine the network side optimal transmit beam according to the following method: any one selected according to the UE The random access sequence is used to search for the beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the random access sequence group to which the random access sequence belongs, and determine the transmit beam corresponding to the discovered beam identifier as the network side optimal transmit beam. .
  • the network side may determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side according to the following method: The time-frequency resource used by the UE to send the random access request, the beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group to which the time-frequency resource belongs is searched from the third correspondence, and the transmit beam corresponding to the searched beam identifier is determined. Optimal beam transmission for the network side.
  • the network side sends a random access response to the UE.
  • the network side may send a random access response to the UE in the beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the network side, and send the random access to the UE.
  • the response carries the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information.
  • the UE receives a random access response.
  • the UE can receive the random access response sent by the base station in the beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side, and obtain the terminal side optimally carried in the terminal side.
  • the transmit beam indication information determines the terminal-side optimal transmit beam.
  • the UE sends uplink information to the network side in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the terminal.
  • the UE can adjust the corresponding beam direction to make it more accurate according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained in each step, so as to achieve better transmission performance.
  • the network side receives the uplink information sent by the UE in the beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam of the network side.
  • the network side can further adjust the beam direction to make it more accurate.
  • the network side sends downlink information to the UE in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam on the network side.
  • the network side can adjust the corresponding beam direction to make it more accurate according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained in each step, so as to achieve better transmission performance.
  • the UE receives downlink information sent by the network side in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side.
  • the UE can further adjust the beam direction to make it more accurate.
  • the terminal side and the network side are further provided in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Random access devices, related devices and systems that are not implemented since the principles of solving the above-mentioned devices, devices, and systems are similar to the random access methods implemented on the terminal side and the network side, respectively, the implementation of the devices, devices, and systems described above may be implemented. See the implementation of the method, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device implemented on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention, including:
  • the second receiving unit 101 is configured to receive system information that is sent by the network side using different transmit directions of M directions, where N and M are natural numbers;
  • the second determining unit 102 is configured to determine an optimal transmit beam on the network side
  • the second sending unit 103 is configured to send a random access request to the network side, where the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information.
  • the system information carries at least one of the following information for determining the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side: a first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; and grouping the random access sequence a second correspondence between the first group of identifiers corresponding to the random access sequence group and the transmit beam identifier; and a second group identifier corresponding to the time-frequency resource group obtained by the UE transmitting the time-frequency resources available for the random access request A third correspondence relationship with the transmit beam identifier.
  • the network side and the UE pre-arrange the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side; or the network side indicates, by using the signaling, the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side; For each corresponding relationship, if the corresponding relationship includes at least two corresponding manners, the network side indicates, by using signaling, a corresponding manner for the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side.
  • the third correspondence includes a correspondence between a time-frequency resource location included in each time-frequency resource group and a beam identifier of the transmission beam; or the third correspondence includes a start time of the time-frequency resource included in each time-frequency resource group, Correspondence between the resource mode and the beam identification of the transmit beam.
  • the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain;
  • the relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division.
  • the second determining unit 102 is further configured to: before the second sending unit 103 sends a random access request to the network side, determine, according to the first correspondence, the network side optimal The indicator identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the transmitting beam is used as the network side optimal transmitting beam indication information.
  • the second determining unit 102 is further configured to: before the second sending unit 103 sends a random access request to the network side, determine, according to the second correspondence, the network side optimal The first group identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the transmitting beam;
  • the second sending unit 103 is configured to send a random access request to the network side, where the random access request carries a random access sequence group corresponding to the first group identifier. Choose any random access sequence.
  • the second determining unit 102 is further configured to: before the second sending unit 103 sends a random access request to the network side, determine, according to the third correspondence, the network side optimal a second set of identifiers corresponding to the beam identifiers of the transmit beams;
  • the second sending unit 103 is further configured to send a random access request to the network side on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second group identifier.
  • the second determining unit 102 is further configured to determine an optimal receiving beam on the terminal side;
  • the second receiving unit 101 is further configured to receive downlink information sent by the network side in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side.
  • the second receiving unit 101 is further configured to receive a random access response sent by the network side, where the random access response carries the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication determined by the network side. information;
  • the second sending unit 103 is further configured to send uplink information to the network side by using a beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam according to the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information.
  • the above parts are respectively divided into modules (or units) according to functions.
  • the functions of the various modules (or units) may be implemented in one or more software or hardware in the practice of the invention.
  • the random access device shown in FIG. 10 can be disposed in the terminal.
  • the second receiving unit 101 and the second sending unit 103 may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the terminal side in combination with a network interface; the second determining unit 102 may be implemented in a random access device implemented by the terminal side.
  • Processor implementation of course, of course, the random access device implemented on the terminal side further includes a memory, a memory, and the processor acquires an instruction from the memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its function in combination with hardware.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device implemented on a network side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, which may include:
  • the fourth sending unit 111 is configured to send system information to the UE by using different transmit directions of M directions, where the M is a natural number;
  • the system information carries at least one of the following information for determining the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side: a first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; and randomizing the random access sequence a second correspondence between the first group of identifiers corresponding to the access sequence group and the transmit beam identifier; and a second group of identifiers corresponding to the time-frequency resource group obtained by the UE transmitting the time-frequency resources available for the random access request The third correspondence between the beam identifiers.
  • the network side and the UE pre-approve the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side; or the network side uses the signaling to indicate the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side. For each corresponding relationship, if the corresponding relationship includes at least two corresponding manners, the network side indicates, by signaling, that the UE is used to determine the network. The corresponding mode of the side optimal transmit beam indication information.
  • the third correspondence includes a correspondence between a time-frequency resource location included in each time-frequency resource group and a beam identifier of the transmission beam; or the third correspondence includes a start time of the time-frequency resource included in each time-frequency resource group, Correspondence between the resource mode and the beam identification of the transmit beam.
  • the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain;
  • the relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division.
  • the fourth receiving unit 112 is configured to receive a random access request that is sent by the UE after receiving the system information, where the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information.
  • the fourth sending unit 111 is further configured to send downlink information to the UE according to the beam direction corresponding to the optimal sending beam according to the network side optimal sending beam indication information.
  • the fourth sending unit 111 is configured to send, according to the network side optimal sending beam indication information, a random access response to the UE by using a beam direction corresponding to the optimal sending beam, the random The access response carries the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information.
  • the random access device may further include:
  • the first searching unit is configured to search for a corresponding beam identifier from the first correspondence relationship according to the indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the optimal beam of the network side;
  • the first beam determining unit is configured to determine that the transmit beam corresponding to the beam identifier searched by the first search unit is a network side optimal transmit beam.
  • the random access device implemented by the network side may further include:
  • a second searching unit configured to search, according to any random access sequence selected by the UE, a beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the random access sequence group to which the random access sequence belongs according to the second corresponding relationship;
  • the second beam determining unit is configured to determine that the transmit beam corresponding to the beam identifier searched by the second search unit is a network side optimal transmit beam.
  • the random access device implemented by the network side may further include:
  • a third search unit configured to search for a beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group to which the time-frequency resource belongs according to the time-frequency resource used by the UE to send the random access request;
  • the third beam determining unit is configured to determine that the transmit beam corresponding to the beam identifier searched by the third search unit is a network side optimal transmit beam.
  • the random access device implemented on the network side may further include a fourth determining list. Yuan, where:
  • the fourth determining unit is configured to determine an optimal receive beam on the network side
  • the fourth sending unit 111 is further configured to receive uplink information sent by the terminal side in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam of the network side.
  • the above parts are respectively divided into modules (or units) according to functions.
  • the functions of the various modules (or units) may be implemented in one or more software or hardware in the practice of the invention.
  • the random access device shown in FIG. 11 may be disposed in a base station.
  • the fourth sending unit 111 and the fourth receiving unit 112 may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the network side in combination with a network interface; a first searching unit, a first beam determining unit, a second searching unit, and a The two beam determining unit, the third searching unit, the third beam determining unit, and the fourth determining unit may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the network side.
  • the random access device implemented on the network side further includes a memory, a memory, and the processor acquires an instruction from the memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its function in combination with hardware.
  • FIG. 12 it is a schematic structural diagram of a random access system according to an embodiment of the present invention, which may include a terminal (UE) 121 and a base station 122, where the terminal 121 is provided with a random access device as shown in FIG.
  • the base station 122 is provided with the random access device shown in FIG.
  • the system information is transmitted by using beam scanning, and the same system information needs to be repeatedly transmitted on multiple beams.
  • the N beams are used. Scanning on top requires consuming N times the resources of the prior art.
  • system information in the communication system is now sent periodically, and the system transmission resources consumed by the scanning beam greatly increase the system overhead.
  • On-demand system information transmission is a way to reduce overhead and only send system information when the terminal needs it.
  • a base station can transmit a synchronization signal and some basic system information (similar to MIB in LTE) by means of a sweep beam, System Information Block 1 (SIB1), System Information Block 2 (SIB2) The most basic system information).
  • SIB1 System Information Block 1
  • SIB2 System Information Block 2
  • the terminal first receives the information in multiple beam directions (step 121), and other system information except the information is not sent by the scan beam, only when the terminal needs to obtain further system information.
  • the system information request (SIR, SI Request) is reported (step 132). After receiving the SIR, the base station further sends subsequent system information based on the SIR to implement the on-demand transmission (133).
  • the terminal in order to implement system information to be transmitted on demand in a communication system based on multi-beam transmission, the terminal needs to report the SIR. Then, in the system information acquisition phase, since the terminal does not access the network, the terminal-specific request reporting cannot be performed (that is, the scheduling is specified/determined by the terminal to use a specific time-frequency resource/codeword for reporting), and only a PRACH-like method can be used. In the mode of transmission, since each user needs a fixed resource, and at least two users cannot use the same resource, although the SIR report can be implemented, the reporting resource overhead is also large.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of implementing on-demand transmission of system information by means of sweeping a beam in the related art.
  • the process of random access is implemented by means of sweeping the beam, there is also a problem that the reporting resource overhead is large.
  • the terminal receives the first information that the base station transmits in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information; and the acquiring the base station is based on Second information when transmitting in a multi-beam manner; the second information characterizing optimal transmit beam information when transmitted in a multi-beam based manner; using the second information to determine, in the reserved resource, required to report request information
  • the reporting resource is reported to the base station by using the determined reporting resource; the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information; and the base station receives the request information reported by the terminal; and is reported in the receiving process.
  • the second information is determined according to the reported resource occupied by the request information; the second information is used to represent the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based method is sent; Determining, by the second information, a sending resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information; using the determined sending resource to the The terminal transmits third information corresponding to the request information.
  • This embodiment provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a terminal. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes the following steps:
  • S141 Receive first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner.
  • the multi-beam based approach may be beam scanning.
  • the first information may include first system information and/or synchronization information.
  • the first system information may be referred to as basic system information, and may include: system bandwidth, random access configuration, and other basic system information required by the terminal in an idle state, and/or measurement and handover configuration required by the terminal in the connected state. Wait.
  • the synchronization information is information that needs to be received first before the terminal accesses the system, and is used for the terminal to acquire the system timing, and is received first than the basic system information. Without the synchronization information, the terminal cannot receive the basic system information.
  • the second information characterizes optimal transmit beam information when transmitted in a multi-beam based manner.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following information:
  • the first frequency resource relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted is transmitted.
  • the terminal may acquire the second information.
  • the base station since the base station transmits the synchronization signal/basic system information based on the multi-beam mode, the positions of these signal transmissions are fixed.
  • the terminal obtains the ID of the optimal transmit beam which specifically includes:
  • the beam with the best received signal quality is taken as the optimal transmit beam; and the beam ID with the best received signal quality is used as the second information.
  • the terminal attempts to receive on multiple beams, and after correctly demodulating the signal, the terminal can obtain each beam information, that is, the beam ID.
  • the terminal can determine the beam ID of the optimal transmit beam, for example, the optimal transmit beam ID is beam 3.
  • the second implementation manner is that the terminal obtains the first timing relationship between the at least two transmissions when the first information transmission corresponding to the optimal transmission beam is obtained, which specifically includes:
  • the receiving timing with the best received signal quality is used as the first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information of the optimal transmitting beam is transmitted; and the receiving timing with the best received signal quality is taken as the second information.
  • the terminal attempts to receive signals on multiple time domain resources. After correctly demodulating the signal, the terminal compares the received signal quality on the time domain resources, and the terminal can determine the reception of the best received signal. Timing, such as the second synchronization sequence timing/basic system information timing.
  • the third implementation manner is that the terminal obtains the timing relationship and the frequency resource corresponding to the optimal transmit beam, and specifically includes:
  • the terminal attempts to receive signals on multiple time and frequency domain resources respectively, and after correctly demodulating the signal, the terminal compares the received signal quality on the time and frequency resources, and the terminal can determine the best.
  • the reception timing and frequency position of the received signal such as the first frequency sequence position on the second synchronization sequence timing/base system information timing.
  • the quality of the received signal may be embodied by a received signal strength or a signal to noise ratio.
  • the terminal After the terminal obtains the optimal transmit beam information, it can be considered as subsequent on-demand system information and/or During the transmission of the machine access response, it is desirable to receive on this optimal transmit beam. Therefore, the terminal needs to report this information, so that the base station can obtain the following two information:
  • the terminal is requesting information
  • the terminal reports the optimal transmit beam information, that is, receives the on-demand system information and/or the random access response on an optimal transmit beam ID and/or a specific timing relationship and/or a specific frequency resource.
  • the terminal since the terminal has not yet accessed the communication system, the base station cannot schedule the terminal to transmit on a specific resource. Therefore, in order to report the above information, the terminal can report on the reserved resources.
  • the resource block corresponding to the ID is selected from the reserved resources as the reported resource according to the optimal transmit beam ID in the second information;
  • timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information is consistent with the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information; or the timing relationship corresponding to the reporting of the request information is inconsistent with the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information.
  • the reporting resource corresponds to the beam ID.
  • the terminal has determined that the optimal beam information is beam 3.
  • the reporting position corresponding to the beam 3 is the same as the transmitting position (the reporting timing is consistent with the timing relationship for transmitting the first information), that is, the second resource block from left to right in FIG. 16a.
  • the reporting position corresponding to the beam 3 is determined by its own serial number, as shown in FIG. 16b from the left to the third timing resource block (the timing relationship between the reporting timing and the sending of the first information is inconsistent, However, the reporting timing is also pre-agreed with the base station).
  • the reporting resources of the terminal can also be distinguished in the frequency domain, for example, the terminal can report in the same timing and frequency domain position as shown in FIG. 15c. It is also possible to determine the corresponding timing and frequency domain position according to certain criteria and its own serial number, but the criterion needs to be pre-agreed.
  • the terminal selects resources corresponding to the first timing relationship and/or the first frequency resource relationship from the reserved resources according to the first timing relationship and/or the first frequency resource relationship in the second information.
  • the block acts as the reporting resource.
  • the reporting resource that is, the receiving synchronization signal/basic system information in the reporting resource and the optimal beam information
  • a specific timing relationship first timing relationship
  • first frequency resource relationship first frequency resource relationship
  • Timing and / or frequency relationships correspond.
  • FIG. 16c through the step 131 shown in FIG. 13, the terminal has determined that the second timing position in the synchronization sequence timing is optimal, and the terminal also selects the resource when determining the reporting resource location. The second timing position in the group is reported.
  • the terminal has determined that the first frequency resource in the second sequence position in the synchronization sequence timing is optimal, and the terminal also determines when reporting the resource location.
  • the first frequency resource at the second timing position in the selected resource group is reported.
  • the reserved resource may be according to the optimal transmit beam information or the first letter.
  • the time/frequency domain resources sent by the message are pre-agreed.
  • the location of the reserved resource is a fixed location (does not change with any factor, is fixed), or the location of the reserved resource is a location determined by basic system information, or the reserved resource is The previous step receives the resources of the first information that differ by a certain length of time (as shown in FIG. 17).
  • the size of the reserved resource may be fixed, or the size of the reserved resource may be configured.
  • the size of the reserved resource may be configured according to some basic information such as system bandwidth. This is shown in Figures 18a and 18b.
  • the system bandwidth is small, and the reserved resources can occupy the same as the existing LTE system, occupying only 6 physical resource blocks.
  • the reserved resources can occupy more physical resource blocks.
  • the above is just an example, and the specific reserved resource size is not limited to the above data.
  • the request information is used to request the base station to send corresponding third information.
  • the request information may be a system information request and/or a random access request; correspondingly, the third information is second system information and/or a random access response; the second system information Different from the first system information.
  • the second system information may include system information required by the terminal only in the connected state after random access.
  • the third information is second system information; when the request information is a random access request, the third information is a random access response; When the request information is a system information request and a random access request, the third information is a second system information random access response.
  • the required system information includes the first system information and the second system information.
  • the terminal determines to report the resource, the terminal selects an appropriate reference signal sequence to report the system information request.
  • the reference signal sequence may correspond to the second information, such as may be scrambled with an optimal transmit beam ID; or according to the timing and/or frequency position of the optimal transmit beam, in a given set of reference signal sequences A sequence of corresponding locations is selected within the combination.
  • the terminal has completed the reporting process. After the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is used, since multiple terminals that select the same optimal transmit beam will use the same resource for reporting, as long as there is no system information at a certain beam/time/frequency position. Request for reporting, this part of the report resources can be saved.
  • the base station After receiving the request information, the base station sends the third information by using a beam corresponding to the second information indicated by the reporting resource.
  • the method may further include:
  • the transmission resource when the third information is transmitted by the beam corresponding to the second information may be consistent with the transmission resource used by the beam when the first information is transmitted, that is, the same reference symbol is used.
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a base station, as shown in FIG. 19, the method includes:
  • S190 Send first information in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information.
  • the multi-beam based approach may be beam scanning.
  • the first information may include first system information and/or synchronization information.
  • the first system information may be referred to as basic system information, and may include: system bandwidth, random access configuration, and other basic system information required by the terminal in an idle state, and/or measurement and handover configuration required by the terminal in the connected state. Wait.
  • the synchronization information is information that needs to be received first before the terminal accesses the system, and is used for the terminal to acquire the system timing, and is received first than the basic system information. Without the synchronization information, the terminal cannot receive the basic system information.
  • the reporting request may be a system information request and/or a random access request.
  • the reported resource is determined according to a time domain and/or a frequency domain resource that is demodulated or whose signal quality is higher than a set threshold.
  • the base station scans on the reserved uplink resources to receive signals, if the signals are demodulated correctly on a certain time and frequency resource, or the signal is not demodulated on a certain time and frequency resource, but the detection
  • the received signal quality on the resource is good, and the request information can be considered to be corresponding to the timing/time-frequency resource, and the optimal transmit beam information reported by the terminal can be obtained through the timing/time-frequency resource.
  • the optimal transmit beam information includes at least one of the following information:
  • the first frequency resource relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted is transmitted.
  • the resource block corresponding to the at least one of the following information determined by the base station may be obtained:
  • the second information characterizes optimal transmit beam information when transmitted in a multi-beam based manner.
  • the transmission resource when the third information is transmitted by the beam determined according to the second information may be consistent with the transmission resource used by the beam when the first information is transmitted, that is, the same reference symbol is used.
  • the base station obtains the two pieces of information required:
  • the terminal is requesting information
  • the optimal transmit beam information reported by the terminal that is, the terminal desires to receive on-demand system information and/or randomly respond to an optimal transmit beam ID and/or a specific timing relationship and/or a specific frequency resource.
  • the third information may be second system information and/or a random access response; the second system information is different from the first system information.
  • the second system information may include system information required by the terminal only in the connected state after random access.
  • the request information may be a system information request and/or a random access request; correspondingly, the third information is second system information and/or a random access response; the second system information and the first system The information is different.
  • the third information is second system information; when the request information is a random access request, the third information is a random access response; When the request information is a system information request and a random access request, the third information is a second system information random access response.
  • the required system information includes the first system information and the second system information.
  • an on-demand system information can be implemented by: similar to the existing LTE system, the time domain location of the first system information sent on demand is fixed, and the time domain location is also Corresponding to the optimal transmit beam ID and/or specific timing relationship and/or specific frequency resources, the terminal only needs to receive on the same ID and/or timing and/or frequency resources as the reported resource. On other resources that do not have system information requests, these resources Can be used to transfer other data.
  • the specific implementation process of sending the third information corresponding to the requesting system to the terminal by using the determined sending resource is not limited.
  • the same reported resource is selected to perform request information reporting.
  • the terminal receives the first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes the first system information and/or the synchronization information; and the acquiring the base station is based on multiple beams.
  • the request information is reported to the base station by using the determined reporting resource; the request information is used to request the base station to send corresponding third information; and the base station receives the request information reported by the terminal; and the reporting request is obtained during the receiving process.
  • the second information is determined according to the reported resource occupied by the request information; the second information is used to represent the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based method is sent; Information, determining a transmission resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information; using the determined transmission resource to the The terminal sends the third information corresponding to the request information, and thus, the terminal uses the reserved resource report request information.
  • this part Reporting resources can be saved, and this can greatly save reporting resources.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal. As shown in FIG. 20, the terminal includes:
  • the first receiving unit 201 is configured to receive first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes at least first system information and/or synchronization information;
  • the first acquiring unit 202 is configured to acquire second information when the base station transmits in a multi-beam based manner; the second information represents optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner;
  • the first determining unit 203 is configured to determine, by using the second information, a reporting resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource;
  • the reporting unit 204 is configured to report the request information to the base station by using the determined reporting resource, where the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information.
  • the first system information may be referred to as basic system information, and may include: system bandwidth, random access configuration, and other basic system information required by the terminal in an idle state, and/or measurement and handover configuration required by the terminal in the connected state. Wait.
  • the synchronization information is information that needs to be received first before the terminal accesses the system, and is used for the terminal to acquire the system timing, and is received first than the basic system information. Without the synchronization information, the terminal cannot receive the basic system information.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following information:
  • the first frequency resource relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted is transmitted.
  • the first acquiring unit 202 may acquire the second information.
  • the base station since the base station transmits the synchronization signal/basic system information based on the multi-beam mode, the positions of these signal transmissions are fixed.
  • the first implementation is: the ID of the optimal transmit beam is obtained.
  • the first obtaining unit 202 is configured to:
  • the beam with the best received signal quality is taken as the optimal transmit beam; and the beam ID with the best received signal quality is used as the second information.
  • the terminal performs an attempt to receive on multiple beams, and after correctly demodulating the signal, the first acquiring unit 202 can obtain each beam information, that is, a beam ID. By comparing the received signal qualities of the individual beams, the first acquisition unit 202 can determine the beam ID of the optimal transmit beam, for example, the optimal transmit beam ID is beam 3.
  • the second implementation manner is that the first acquiring unit 202 obtains a first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information transmission corresponding to the optimal transmission beam is obtained.
  • the first obtaining unit 202 is configured to:
  • the receiving timing with the best received signal quality is used as the first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information of the optimal transmitting beam is transmitted; and the receiving timing with the best received signal quality is taken as the second information.
  • the first acquiring unit 202 compares the received signal quality on the time domain resources, and the first acquiring unit 82 is The reception timing of the best received signal can be judged, for example, the second synchronization sequence timing/basic system information timing.
  • a third implementation manner is that the first acquiring unit 202 obtains a timing relationship and a frequency resource corresponding to an optimal transmit beam.
  • the first obtaining unit 202 is configured to:
  • the first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the reception timing with the best received signal quality is used as the first information of the optimal transmit beam; and the frequency position with the best received signal quality is used as the first frequency resource relationship,
  • the receiving timing and the frequency position at which the received signal quality is the best are taken as the second information.
  • the terminal attempts to receive signals on multiple time and frequency domain resources, and after correctly demodulating the signal, the first obtaining unit 202 compares the received signal quality on the time and frequency resources, and the terminal The first obtaining unit 202 can determine the reception timing and frequency position of the best received signal, for example, the first synchronization frequency sequence/the first frequency position on the basic system information timing.
  • the quality of the received signal may be embodied by a received signal strength or a signal to noise ratio.
  • the terminal After obtaining the optimal transmit beam information, it can be considered that the terminal expects to receive on the optimal transmit beam during the subsequent transmission of the on-demand system information and/or the random access response. Therefore, the terminal needs to report this information, so that the base station can obtain the following two information:
  • the terminal is requesting information
  • the terminal reports the optimal transmit beam information, that is, receives the on-demand system information and/or the random access response on an optimal transmit beam ID and/or a specific timing relationship and/or a specific frequency resource.
  • the terminal since the terminal has not yet accessed the communication system, the base station cannot schedule the terminal to transmit on a specific resource. Therefore, in order to report the above information, the terminal can report on the reserved resources.
  • the first determining unit 203 is specifically configured to:
  • timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information is consistent with the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information; or the timing relationship corresponding to the reporting of the request information is inconsistent with the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information.
  • the reporting resource corresponds to the beam ID.
  • the first acquiring unit 202 has determined that the optimal beam information is the beam 3.
  • the reporting position corresponding to beam 3 is the same as the transmitting position (the reporting timing is consistent with the timing relationship for transmitting the first information), that is, the second resource block from left to right in FIG. 16a.
  • the reporting position corresponding to the beam 3 is consistent by its own index, that is, the third timing resource block from left to right in FIG. 16b (the timing relationship between the reporting timing and the sending of the first information is inconsistent, However, the reporting timing is also pre-agreed with the base station).
  • the reporting resources of the terminal can also be distinguished in the frequency domain, for example, the terminal can report in the same timing and frequency domain position as shown in FIG. 15c. It is also possible to determine the corresponding timing and frequency domain position according to certain criteria and its own serial number, but the criterion needs to be pre-agreed.
  • the first determining unit 203 is specifically configured to:
  • the reporting resource that is, the receiving synchronization signal/basic system information in the reporting resource and the optimal beam information
  • the first timing relationship is determined according to a specific timing relationship (first timing relationship) and/or a specific frequency resource relationship (first frequency resource relationship). Timing and / or frequency relationships correspond.
  • first timing relationship a specific timing relationship
  • first frequency resource relationship first frequency resource relationship
  • Timing and / or frequency relationships correspond.
  • FIG. 16c by the step 131 shown in FIG. 13, the first obtaining unit 202 has determined that the second timing position in the synchronization sequence timing is optimal, then the first determining unit 203 is When the location of the resource is determined, the second timing position in the resource group is also selected for reporting.
  • FIG. 16d by the step 131 shown in FIG.
  • the first acquiring unit 202 has determined that the first frequency resource in the second timing position in the synchronization sequence timing is optimal, then the first When determining the location of the resource, the determining unit 203 also selects the first frequency resource at the second timing position in the resource group for reporting.
  • the reserved resource may be pre-defined according to the optimal transmit beam information or the time/frequency domain resource sent by the first information.
  • the location of the reserved resource is a fixed location (does not change with any factor, is fixed), or the location of the reserved resource is a location determined by basic system information, or the reserved resource is The previous step receives the resources of the first information that differ by a certain length of time (as shown in FIG. 17).
  • the size of the reserved resource may be fixed, or the size of the reserved resource may be configured.
  • the Cai Xiao of the reserved resource may be configured according to some basic information such as system bandwidth. This is shown in Figures 18a and 18b.
  • the system bandwidth is small, and the reserved resources can occupy the same as the existing LTE system, occupying only 6 physical resource blocks.
  • the reserved resources can occupy more physical resource blocks.
  • the above is just an example, and the specific reserved resource size is not limited to the above data.
  • the second system information may include system information required by the terminal only in the connected state after random access.
  • the third information is second system information; when the request information is a random access request, the third information is a random access response; When the request information is a system information request and a random access request, the third information is a second system information random access response.
  • the required system information includes the first system information and the second system information.
  • the terminal After determining that the resource is reported, the terminal selects an appropriate reference signal sequence to perform The system information request is reported.
  • the reference signal sequence may correspond to the second information, such as may be scrambled with an optimal transmit beam ID; or according to the timing and/or frequency position of the optimal transmit beam, in a given set of reference signal sequences A sequence of corresponding locations is selected within the combination.
  • the terminal has completed the reporting process. After the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is used, since multiple terminals that select the same optimal transmit beam will use the same resource for reporting, as long as there is no system information at a certain beam/time/frequency position. Request for reporting, this part of the report resources can be saved.
  • the base station After receiving the request information, the base station sends the third information by using a beam corresponding to the second information indicated by the reporting resource.
  • the first receiving unit 201 is further configured to receive the third information on a resource corresponding to the second information.
  • the transmission resource when the third information is transmitted by the beam corresponding to the second information may be consistent with the transmission resource used by the beam when the first information is transmitted, that is, the same reference symbol is used.
  • the first receiving unit 201 can be implemented by a transceiver in the terminal, and the first obtaining unit 202 and the first determining unit 203 can be processed by a processor in the terminal, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor ( The MCU (Micro Control Unit), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) is implemented; the reporting unit 204 can be implemented by a processor in the terminal in combination with the transceiver.
  • the terminal further includes a memory, a memory, and the processor acquires an instruction from the memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its functions in combination with hardware.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station.
  • the base station includes:
  • the first sending unit 210 is configured to send the first information in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information;
  • the second receiving unit 211 is configured to receive the request information reported by the terminal;
  • the second obtaining unit 212 is configured to obtain, in the receiving process, the reporting resource occupied by reporting the request information
  • the second determining unit 213 is configured to determine the second information according to the reporting resource occupied by the request information, where the second information represents the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based transmission is performed; Determining the second information; the second information characterizing the optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in the multi-beam based manner; determining, according to the second information, the third information required to send the request information Send resources;
  • the second sending unit 214 is configured to send the third information corresponding to the request information to the terminal by using the determined sending resource.
  • the multi-beam based approach may be beam scanning.
  • the first information may include first system information and/or synchronization information.
  • the first system information may be referred to as basic system information, and may include: system bandwidth, random access configuration, and other basic system information required by the terminal in an idle state, and/or measurement and handover configuration required by the terminal in the connected state. Wait.
  • the synchronization information is information that needs to be received first before the terminal accesses the system, and is used for the terminal to acquire the system timing, and is received first than the basic system information. Without the synchronization information, the terminal cannot receive the basic system information.
  • the second acquiring unit 212 is specifically configured to:
  • the reported resource is determined according to a time domain and/or a frequency domain resource that is demodulated or whose signal quality is higher than a set threshold.
  • the second receiving unit 211 scans on the reserved uplink resource to receive the signal, if the signal is demodulated correctly on a certain time and frequency resource, or there is no solution on a certain time and frequency resource.
  • the signal is sent out, but the quality of the received signal on the resource is detected to be good, and the second obtaining unit 212 can consider that the request information is corresponding to the timing/time-frequency resource, and can be obtained by using the timing/time-frequency resource.
  • the optimal transmit beam information includes at least one of the following information:
  • the first frequency resource relationship of the optimal transmit beam between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted is transmitted.
  • the resource block corresponding to the at least one of the following information determined by the obtaining unit 212 is obtained:
  • the transmission resource when the third information is transmitted by the beam determined according to the second information may be consistent with the transmission resource used by the beam when the first information is transmitted, that is, the same reference symbol is used.
  • the base station After the second obtaining unit 212 determines the reporting resource, the base station obtains two pieces of information required:
  • the terminal is requesting information
  • the optimal transmit beam information reported by the terminal that is, the terminal expects an optimal transmit beam ID. And/or receiving on-demand system information and/or randomly responding on a particular timing relationship and/or a particular frequency resource.
  • the request information may be a system information request and/or a random access request; correspondingly, the third information is second system information and/or a random access response; the second system information and the first system The information is different.
  • the second system information may include system information required by the terminal only in the connected state after random access.
  • the third information is second system information; when the request information is a random access request, the third information is a random access response; When the request information is a system information request and a random access request, the third information is a second system information random access response.
  • the required system information includes the first system information and the second system information.
  • the required system information includes the first system information and the second system information.
  • an on-demand system information can be implemented by: similar to the existing LTE system, the time domain location of the first system information sent on demand is fixed, and the time domain location is also Corresponding to the optimal transmit beam ID and/or specific timing relationship and/or specific frequency resources, the terminal only needs to receive on the same ID and/or timing and/or frequency resources as the reported resource. These resources can be used to transfer other data on other resources that do not have system information requests.
  • the specific implementation process of sending system information corresponding to the request information to the terminal by using the determined sending resource is not limited.
  • the same reported resource is selected to perform system information request report.
  • the second receiving unit 211 can be implemented by a transceiver of the base station; the second obtaining unit 212 and the second determining unit 213 can be implemented by a processor in the base station, such as a CPU, an MCU, a DSP, an FPGA, or the like;
  • the first sending unit 210 and the second sending unit 214 can be implemented by a CPU, an MCU, a DSP or an FPGA in a base station in combination with a transceiver.
  • the base station further includes a memory, a memory, which acquires an instruction from the memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its functions in combination with hardware.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the present invention may employ computer usable storage media (including but not included in one or more of the computer usable program code. It is limited to the form of a computer program product implemented on a disk storage, a CD-ROM, an optical storage, or the like.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer readable storage medium, on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the method of the embodiment of the present invention are implemented.
  • the network side sends the system information to the terminal by using multiple beams
  • the transmitted system information carries the configuration information of the time-frequency resource available for the terminal to send the random access information
  • the terminal side uses the multiple beam to receive the network side to send the information.
  • the system information can be determined by the terminal to obtain the optimal terminal side receiving beam information and the optimal network side transmitting beam information. Accordingly, the terminal can determine the terminal side optimal receiving beam information, configuration information, and network side according to the determined terminal side.
  • the bundle information sends the random access information to the network side, and does not need to send the random access information to the network side on multiple beams, thereby saving the processing resource overhead of the terminal and reducing the access delay.
  • the random access request sent by the terminal to the network side carries the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information, so that the network side can determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side, and the subsequent network side sends the random access response to the terminal.
  • the optimal transmission beam can be transmitted without using the sweeping beam mode, thereby saving the processing resource overhead of the network side and reducing the random access delay.
  • the terminal receives the first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes the first system information and/or the synchronization information; and the acquiring the base station is sent in a multi-beam based manner.
  • Second information represents optimal transmit beam information when transmitted in a multi-beam based manner; using the second information, determining, by using the second information, the reporting resource required for reporting the request information; utilizing Determining the reported resource to report the request information to the base station; the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information; and the base station receives the request information reported by the terminal; and obtains the report information in the receiving process.
  • the second reported information is determined according to the reported resource occupied by the request information; the second information represents the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based method is sent; according to the second information, Determining a transmission resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information; sending the determined transmission resource to the terminal
  • the third information corresponding to the request information realizes that the terminal utilizes the reserved resource report request information.
  • the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention since multiple terminals that select the same optimal transmit beam will use the same resource for reporting, as long as there is no request information request report on a certain beam/time/frequency position, this Some of the reported resources can be saved, so that the reporting resources can be greatly saved.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a random access method, an information transmission method and apparatus, a related device, and a computer readable storage medium. The random access method, which is implemented at a terminal side, comprises: respectively receiving, by means of different receive beams in N directions, system information transmitted by a network side by means of transmit beams in M different directions, the system information carrying configuration information of a time-frequency resource that can be used for transmitting random access information, wherein N and M are natural numbers; respectively determining information about an optimal receive beam at a terminal side and information about an optimal transmit beam at the network side; and transmitting random access information to the network side according to the configuration information and the determined information about the optimal receive beam at the terminal side and information about the optimal transmit beam at the network side.

Description

随机接入方法、信息传输方法、装置、设备、存储介质Random access method, information transmission method, device, device, storage medium

相关申请的交叉引用Cross-reference to related applications

本申请基于申请号为201610320096.9、申请日为2016年05月13日,申请号为201610320307.9、申请日为2016年05月13日,申请号为201610666116.8、申请日为2016年08月12日的中国专利申请提出,并要求该中国专利申请的优先权,该中国专利申请的全部内容在此引入本申请作为参考。This application is based on a Chinese patent with application number 201610320096.9, application date of May 13, 2016, application number 201610320307.9, application date of May 13, 2016, application number 201610666116.8, and application date of August 12, 2016. The application is filed and the priority of the Chinese patent application is hereby incorporated by reference.

技术领域Technical field

本发明涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种随机接入方法、信息传输方法、装置、相关设备和计算机可读存储介质。The present invention relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a random access method, an information transmission method, an apparatus, a related device, and a computer readable storage medium.

背景技术Background technique

大规模多输入多输出(Massive MIMO,Massive Multiple-Input-Multiple-Output)技术作为传统MIMO技术的延伸,是第五代(5G)无线通信的一个重要研究方向。Massive MIMO技术通过大量增加通信的天线数量,采用时分双工的通信模式,使系统性能达到空前的高度。Massive Multiple-Input-Multiple-Output (Massive Multiple-Output) technology is an extension of traditional MIMO technology and is an important research direction of fifth-generation (5G) wireless communication. Massive MIMO technology achieves an unprecedented level of system performance by increasing the number of antennas for communication and adopting a time division duplex communication mode.

在Massive MIMO系统中,由于天线数的增加,可以利用多天线进行波束赋形,将功率集中到窄波束上进行发射,从而扩大数据的传输范围。In the Massive MIMO system, due to the increase in the number of antennas, beamforming can be performed using multiple antennas, and power is concentrated on a narrow beam for transmission, thereby expanding the data transmission range.

现有长期演进(LTE,Long Time Evolution)标准中在Rel 13版本前仅对数据信道和物理下行控制信道(PDCCH,Physical Downlink Control CHannel)信道进行了波束赋形增强,并未对同步、接入相关的信道进行覆盖增强,这导致系统接入范围和数据传输范围不一致。为了保证系统的实际覆盖范围,同步、接入过程中也可以采用窄波束进行传输。In the existing Long Term Evolution (LTE) standard, only the data channel and the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) channel beamforming enhancement are performed before the Rel 13 version, and the synchronization and access are not performed. The associated channel is covered for enhancement, which results in inconsistent system access range and data transmission range. In order to ensure the actual coverage of the system, narrow beams can also be used for transmission during synchronization and access.

与未进行波束赋形的宽波束相比,窄波束虽然可以将功率集中,使得较远的用户也有机会接入系统,但是由于其角度扩展较小,水平方向的覆盖范围反而有所降低。为了保证水平方向的覆盖范围,基站端可以形成多个不同方向的波束,依次发射,采用扫波束的方式实现覆盖。在高频段通信中,终端天线数的增加使得终端进行上行波束赋形也成为可能,因此,在接入流程中也需要对这一可能进行考虑。Compared with the wide beam without beamforming, the narrow beam can concentrate the power, so that the far-reaching users have the opportunity to access the system, but because of the smaller angular expansion, the horizontal coverage is reduced. In order to ensure the coverage in the horizontal direction, the base station can form multiple beams in different directions, transmit in sequence, and implement coverage by means of sweeping beams. In high-band communication, the increase in the number of terminal antennas makes it possible for the terminal to perform uplink beamforming. Therefore, this possibility needs to be considered in the access procedure.

目前,一种最简单的接入流程包括基站以扫波束的方式在指定的资源块(RE,Resource Block)资源上发射主系统信息块(MIB,Master Information Block)和系统信息块(SIB,System Information Block),终端也在相应RE 资源上形成多个接收波束以接收系统信息;接收完系统信息后,终端在指定的物理随机接入信道(PRACH,Physical Random Access CHannel)资源上通过扫波束的方式发送随机接入序列,基站在相应的RE资源上进行扫波束接收,经过一轮基站和终端相互扫波束后完成接入流程。At present, a simplest access procedure includes a base station transmitting a main system information block (MIB) and a system information block (SIB, System) on a specified resource block (RE, Resource Block) resource by means of a sweeping beam. Information Block), the terminal is also in the corresponding RE A plurality of receiving beams are formed on the resource to receive the system information. After receiving the system information, the terminal sends a random access sequence by using a sweeping beam on the designated physical random access channel (PRACH) resource. Scanning beam reception is performed on the corresponding RE resources, and the access process is completed after one round of base station and terminal scanning the beams.

这种双向扫波束的接入方式,由于基站和终端在发射和接收时都需要进行扫波束,既增加了基站和终端等接入设备的资源开销,也增加了接入时延。In the access mode of the two-way scanning beam, since the base station and the terminal need to perform the scanning beam during transmission and reception, the resource overhead of the access device such as the base station and the terminal is increased, and the access delay is also increased.

同时,通过波束赋形可以得到更宽度更窄、能量更集中的波束,从而提升信号的传输距离。LTE系统中已经将波束赋形技术用于用户特定数据信道的传输中,以实现数据信道覆盖范围的提升。At the same time, by beamforming, a beam with a wider width and a narrower energy can be obtained, thereby increasing the transmission distance of the signal. Beamforming techniques have been used in the transmission of user-specific data channels in LTE systems to achieve an increase in data channel coverage.

然而对于同步信息、系统信息等广播信道来说,需要保证位于小区内各个位置的终端都可以接收到信息,基于单波束的波束赋形技术由于波束宽度变窄,所以无法保证广播信道这类初始接入控制信道的覆盖范围。而波束扫描这种基本的多波束传输方式就可以解决这一问题。通过使用多个不同角度的波束进行轮流扫描,可以保证通信系统的覆盖范围。However, for broadcast channels such as synchronization information and system information, it is necessary to ensure that terminals located at various locations in the cell can receive information. The beamforming technique based on single beam cannot guarantee the initiality of the broadcast channel because the beam width is narrowed. Access control channel coverage. The basic multi-beam transmission method of beam scanning can solve this problem. The coverage of the communication system can be ensured by using a plurality of beams of different angles for scanning in turn.

在基于多波束的传输方式中,终端如果能够将一些信息上报给基站,使得基站可以确定从多波束中选取最优或较优的波束进行传输,既可以保证覆盖范围也可以降低开销。In the multi-beam-based transmission mode, if the terminal can report some information to the base station, the base station can determine that the optimal or better beam is selected from the multiple beams for transmission, thereby ensuring coverage and reducing overhead.

然而,目前LTE系统中并没有终端上报请求信息的机制,所以如何实现终端上报请求信息是目前亟待解决的问题。However, in the current LTE system, there is no mechanism for the terminal to report the request information, so how to implement the terminal reporting request information is an urgent problem to be solved.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本发明实施例提供一种随机接入处理方法、信息传输方法、装置、相关设备及计算机可读存储介质。Embodiments of the present invention provide a random access processing method, an information transmission method, an apparatus, a related device, and a computer readable storage medium.

本发明实施例提供一种终端侧实施的随机接入方法,包括:The embodiment of the invention provides a random access method implemented by the terminal side, including:

利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息,所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,N和M为自然数;分别确定终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息;根据所述配置信息以及确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息,向所述网络侧发送随机接入信息;Receiving, by using the receiving beams that are different in the N directions, the system information that is sent by using the transmitting beams that are different in the M direction, where the system information carries the configuration information of the time-frequency resources that are used to send the random access information, where M is a natural number; determining the optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side and the optimal transmitting beam information of the network side respectively; and according to the configuration information and the determined optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side and the optimal transmitting beam information of the network side, The network side sends random access information;

或者,or,

利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息,其中,N和M为自然数;确定网络侧最优发送波束;向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。Receiving system information transmitted by the network side using different transmit beams of M directions, wherein N and M are natural numbers; determining an optimal transmit beam on the network side; and transmitting random access to the network side The request, the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information.

本发明实施例提供一种终端侧实施的随机接入装置,包括: The embodiment of the invention provides a random access device implemented by the terminal side, including:

第一接收单元,配置为利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息,所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,N和M为自然数;The first receiving unit is configured to receive, by using the receiving beams with different directions in the N direction, system information that is sent by using the transmitting beams that are different in the M direction, where the system information carries the time-frequency resources that are used to send the random access information. Configuration information, where N and M are natural numbers;

第一确定单元,配置为分别确定终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息;a first determining unit, configured to determine terminal-side optimal receiving beam information and network-side optimal transmitting beam information, respectively;

第一发送单元,配置为根据所述配置信息以及确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息,向所述网络侧发送随机接入信息。The first sending unit is configured to send random access information to the network side according to the configuration information and the determined terminal-side optimal receiving beam information and network-side optimal transmitting beam information.

本发明实施例提供一种终端,包括上述终端侧实施的随机接入装置。The embodiment of the invention provides a terminal, which includes the random access device implemented by the terminal side.

本发明实施例提供一种网络侧实施的随机接入方法,包括:The embodiment of the invention provides a random access method implemented by the network side, including:

利用M个方向不同的发送波束向用户终端(UE,User Equipment)发送系统信息,所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,M为自然数;接收所述UE根据所述配置信息发送的随机接入信息;System information is transmitted to a user equipment (UE, User Equipment) by using a transmission beam with different M directions, where the system information carries configuration information of a time-frequency resource for transmitting random access information, where M is a natural number; Decoding the random access information sent by the UE according to the configuration information;

或者,or,

利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息,所述M为自然数;接收所述UE在接收到所述系统信息之后发送的随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。Sending system information to the UE by using the M beams with different directions, the M is a natural number, and receiving a random access request sent by the UE after receiving the system information, where the random access request carries the network side Optimal transmit beam indication information.

本发明实施例提供一种网络侧实施的随机接入装置,包括:The embodiment of the invention provides a random access device implemented on the network side, including:

第三发送单元,配置为利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息,所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,M为自然数;The third sending unit is configured to send system information to the UE by using different transmit directions of the M directions, where the system information carries configuration information of a time-frequency resource for transmitting random access information, where M is a natural number;

第三接收单元,配置为接收所述UE根据所述配置信息发送的随机接入信息或者,a third receiving unit, configured to receive random access information sent by the UE according to the configuration information, or

所述装置包括:The device includes:

第四发送单元,配置为利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息,所述M为自然数;The fourth sending unit is configured to send system information to the UE by using different transmit directions of M directions, where the M is a natural number;

第四接收单元,配置为接收所述UE在接收到所述系统信息之后发送的随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。The fourth receiving unit is configured to receive a random access request that is sent by the UE after receiving the system information, where the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information.

本发明实施例提供一种基站,包括上述网络侧实施的随机接入装置。The embodiment of the invention provides a base station, which includes the random access device implemented by the network side.

本发明实施例提供一种信息传输方法,应用于终端,所述方法包括:The embodiment of the invention provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a terminal, and the method includes:

接收基站以基于多波束的方式发送的第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;Receiving first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information;

获取所述基站在基于多波束的方式发送时的第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;Acquiring second information when the base station transmits in a multi-beam based manner; the second information characterizing optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner;

利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源;Determining, by using the second information, a reporting resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource;

利用确定的上报资源向基站上报所述请求信息;所述请求信息用于请求所述基站发送对应的第三信息。The request information is reported to the base station by using the determined reporting resource; the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information.

本发明实施例提供一种信息传输方法,应用于基站,所述方法包括: The embodiment of the invention provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a base station, and the method includes:

以基于多波束的方式发送第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;Transmitting the first information in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information;

接收终端上报的请求信息;并在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源;Receiving the request information reported by the terminal; and obtaining the reporting resource occupied by reporting the request information during the receiving process;

根据上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,确定第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;Determining, according to the reported reporting resource occupied by the request information, the second information; the second information characterizing the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based manner is sent;

根据所述第二信息,确定发送所述请求信息对应的第三信息所需的发送资源;Determining, according to the second information, a sending resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information;

利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的第三信息。And transmitting, by the determined transmission resource, third information corresponding to the request information to the terminal.

本发明实施例提供一种终端,所述终端包括:An embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, where the terminal includes:

第一接收单元,配置为接收基站以基于多波束的方式发送的第一信息;所述第一信息至少包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;a first receiving unit, configured to receive first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes at least first system information and/or synchronization information;

第一获取单元,配置为获取所述基站在基于多波束的方式发送时的第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire second information when the base station transmits in a multi-beam based manner; the second information represents optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner;

第一确定单元,配置为利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源;a first determining unit, configured to determine, by using the second information, a reporting resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource;

上报单元,配置为利用确定的上报资源向基站上报所述请求信息;所述请求信息用于请求所述基站发送对应的第三信息。The reporting unit is configured to report the request information to the base station by using the determined reporting resource, where the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information.

本发明实施例提供一种基站,所述基站包括:An embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station includes:

第一发送单元,配置为以基于多波束的方式发送第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;a first sending unit, configured to send the first information in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information;

第二接收单元,配置为接收终端上报的请求信息;a second receiving unit, configured to receive request information reported by the terminal;

第二获取单元,配置为在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源;The second obtaining unit is configured to obtain the reporting resource occupied by reporting the request information during the receiving process;

第二确定单元,配置为根据上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,确定第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;根据所述第二信息,确定发送所述请求信息对应的第三信息所需的发送资源;a second determining unit, configured to determine second information according to reporting the reporting resource occupied by the request information; the second information characterizing optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner; according to the second Information, determining a transmission resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information;

第二发送单元,配置为利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的第三信息。The second sending unit is configured to send the third information corresponding to the request information to the terminal by using the determined sending resource.

本发明实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述方法的步骤。Embodiments of the present invention provide a computer readable storage medium having stored thereon a computer program, the computer program being executed by a processor to implement the steps of the foregoing method.

本发明实施例提供的随机接入方法、装置、相关设备及计算机可读存储介质,能够在降低相关接入设备资源开销的同时减小接入时延。具体来说,网络侧利用多个波束向终端发送系统信息,发送的系统信息中携带终端发送随机接入信息可用时频资源的配置信息,终端侧利用多个波束接收 网络侧发送的系统信息,终端可以由此确定出最优的终端侧接收波束信息和最优的网络侧发送波束信息,相应的,终端可以根据确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息、配置信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息向网络侧发送随机接入信息,而无需在多个波束上向网络侧发送随机接入信息,从而节约了终端的处理资源开销,减小了接入时延。终端在向网络侧发送的随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息,使得网络侧据此可以确定网络侧最优发送波束,后续网络侧在向终端发送随机接入响应等下行信息时,可以在该最优发送波束上发送,而无需采用扫波束方式进行发送,从而节约了网络侧的处理资源的开销,减小了随机接入时延。The random access method, device, related device, and computer readable storage medium provided by the embodiments of the present invention can reduce the access delay while reducing the resource overhead of the related access device. Specifically, the network side uses multiple beams to transmit system information to the terminal, and the transmitted system information carries configuration information of the time-frequency resources available for the terminal to send the random access information, and the terminal side uses multiple beam reception. The system information transmitted by the network side, the terminal can determine the optimal terminal side receiving beam information and the optimal network side transmitting beam information, and accordingly, the terminal can determine the optimal receiving beam information and configuration information of the terminal side according to the determined terminal side. And the optimal transmit beam information on the network side sends the random access information to the network side without transmitting random access information to the network side on multiple beams, thereby saving the processing resource overhead of the terminal and reducing the access delay. The random access request sent by the terminal to the network side carries the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information, so that the network side can determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side, and the subsequent network side sends the random access response to the terminal. When the information is transmitted, the optimal transmission beam can be transmitted without using the sweeping beam mode, thereby saving the processing resource overhead of the network side and reducing the random access delay.

本发明实施例提供的信息传输方法、终端及基站,终端接收基站以基于多波束的方式发送的第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;获取所述基站在基于多波束的方式发送时的第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源;利用确定的上报资源向基站上报所述请求信息;所述请求信息用于请求所述基站发送对应的第三信息;而基站接收终端上报的请求信息;并在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源;根据上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,确定第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;根据所述第二信息,确定发送所述请求信息对应的第三信息所需的发送资源;利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的第三信息,如此,实现了终端利用预留的资源上报请求信息。同时,采用本发明实施例提供的方案时,由于选取了相同最优发射波束的多个终端会使用相同的资源进行上报,因此只要某一波束/时序/频率位置上没有请求信息请求上报,这部分上报资源即可节省下来,如此,可以大大节约上报资源。The information transmission method, the terminal, and the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal receives the first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes the first system information and/or the synchronization information; and the acquiring the base station is Second information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner; the second information characterizing optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner; determining, by using the second information, the report request information in the reserved resource The required reporting resource is used to report the request information to the base station by using the determined reporting resource; the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information; and the base station receives the request information reported by the terminal; and obtains the request information during the receiving process. And reporting the reported resource occupied by the request information; determining second information according to the reporting resource occupied by the request information; the second information characterizing the optimal transmit beam information when transmitting according to the multi-beam mode; Determining, by the second information, a sending resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information; using the determined sending The sending resource sends the third information corresponding to the request information to the terminal, and thus, the terminal uses the reserved resource reporting request information. At the same time, when the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is used, since multiple terminals that select the same optimal transmit beam will use the same resource for reporting, as long as there is no request information request report on a certain beam/time/frequency position, this Some of the reported resources can be saved, so that the reporting resources can be greatly saved.

本发明实施例的其它特征和优点将在随后的说明书中阐述,并且,部分地从说明书中变得显而易见,或者通过实施本发明实施例而了解。本发明实施例的目的和其他优点可通过在所写的说明书、权利要求书、以及附图中所特别指出的结构来实现和获得。Other features and advantages of the embodiments of the invention will be set forth in the description in the description in the claims The objectives and other advantages of the embodiments of the present invention can be realized and obtained by the <RTIgt;

附图说明DRAWINGS

此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明的进一步理解,构成本发明的一部分,本发明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明。在附图中:The accompanying drawings, which are set forth in the claims In the drawing:

图1a为本发明实施例中,一种终端侧实施的随机接入方法的实施流程示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation process of a random access method implemented on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图1b为本发明实施例中,UE发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源与网络侧发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系; FIG. 1b is a mapping relationship between a time-frequency resource available for transmitting a random access information by a UE and a beam direction information of a transmitting beam of a network side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图2为本发明实施例中,一种基站侧实施的随机接入方法的实施流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation process of a random access method implemented by a base station side according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图3为本发明实施例中,随机接入以及信息传输的实施流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation process of random access and information transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图4为本发明实施例中,一种终端侧实施的随机接入装置的结构示意图;4 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device implemented on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图5为本发明实施例中,网络侧实施的随机接入装置的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access apparatus implemented on a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图6为本发明实施例中,随机接入系统的结构示意图;6 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access system according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图7为本发明实施例中,另一种终端侧实施的随机接入方法的实施流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another implementation manner of a random access method implemented by a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图8为本发明实施例中,另一种基站侧实施的随机接入方法的实施流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation process of a random access method implemented by another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图9为本发明实施例中,随机接入以及信息传输的实施流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an implementation process of random access and information transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.

图10为本发明实施例中,终端侧实施的随机接入装置的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access apparatus implemented on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图11为本发明实施例中,网络侧实施的随机接入装置的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access apparatus implemented on a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图12为本发明实施例中,随机接入系统的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access system according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图13为相关技术中通过扫波束的方式实现按需发送系统信息的流程示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of implementing on-demand transmission system information by means of sweeping a beam in a related art; FIG.

图14为本发明实施例终端侧的信息传输方法流程示意图;14 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting information on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图15a-d为本发明实施例最优发射波束信息形式示意图;15a-d are schematic diagrams showing the form of optimal transmit beam information according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图16a-d为本发明实施例上报资源与最优发射波束信息对应关系示意图;16a-d are schematic diagrams showing correspondence between report resources and optimal transmit beam information according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图17为本发明实施例预留资源与上一步接收所述第一信息的时序位置关系示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a timing relationship between a reserved resource and a previous step of receiving the first information according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图18a-b为本发明实施例预留资源于系统带宽关系示意图;18a-b are schematic diagrams showing the relationship between reserved resources and system bandwidth according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图19为本发明实施例基站侧的信息传输方法流程示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting information on a base station side according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图20为本发明实施例终端结构示意图;20 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图21为本发明实施例基站结构示意图。21 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.

具体实施方式detailed description

为了减少随机接入流程中相关接入设备的处理资源开销,减小接入时延,本发明实施例提供了一种随机接入方法、装置、相关设备、系统。In order to reduce the processing resource overhead of the related access device in the random access procedure and reduce the access delay, the embodiment of the present invention provides a random access method, device, related device, and system.

以下结合说明书附图对本发明的优选实施例进行说明,应当理解,此处所描述的优选实施例仅用于说明和解释本发明,并不用于限定本发明,并且在不冲突的情况下,本发明中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。The preferred embodiments of the present invention are described in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, and the preferred embodiments described herein are intended to illustrate and explain the invention, and not to limit the invention, and The embodiments and the features in the embodiments can be combined with each other.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例提供的随机接入方法可以应用于移动通信系统中,尤其适用于时分双工(TDD,Time Division Duplexing)系统中。 It should be noted that the random access method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a mobile communication system, and is particularly applicable to a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) system.

发明人发现,在现有的随机接入以及信息传输流程中,基站和终端均需要通过扫波束的方式发送或者接收信息,这既增加了基站和终端处理资源的开销,也增加了随机接入和信息传输时延。The inventor has found that in the existing random access and information transmission processes, both the base station and the terminal need to send or receive information by means of sweeping the beam, which not only increases the overhead of processing resources of the base station and the terminal, but also increases random access. And information transmission delay.

为此,本发明实施例中,利用TDD系统的信道互易性,在系统信息中加入基站端发送波束和接入时频资源的映射关系,由此,可以在终端发起接入流程的初始步骤中使用确定波束发送,而无需采用扫波束方式发送,可以简化基于波束赋形的接入流程,降低终端处理资源的开销并减小接入时延。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the channel reciprocity of the TDD system is used, and the mapping relationship between the transmit beam and the access time-frequency resource of the base station is added to the system information, thereby the initial step of initiating the access process in the terminal. The use of deterministic beam transmission without the use of sweep beam transmission can simplify the beamforming based access procedure, reduce the overhead of processing resources of the terminal and reduce the access delay.

在介绍了本发明实施例的基本原理之后,下面以波束的标识为波束方向信息为例,具体介绍本发明的各种非限制性实施方式。After the basic principles of the embodiments of the present invention are introduced, various non-limiting embodiments of the present invention are specifically described below by taking the beam identification as the beam direction information as an example.

如图1a所示,为终端侧实施本发明实施例提供的随机接入方法的实施流程示意图,可以包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 1a, a schematic flowchart of an implementation process of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present invention is provided on a terminal side, which may include the following steps:

S11、UE利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息。S11. The UE uses the receiving beams with different directions in the N direction to receive system information that is sent by the network side using the transmitting beams with different M directions.

具体实施时,网络侧基站可以采用扫波束的方式发送系统信息,即基站形成M个方向不同的发送波束,并利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息。基站端的发送波束标记为eNBT1、eNBT2…eNBTM,这些波束可以占用现有LTE系统中的系统信息传输资源进行发射,也可以在现有LTE系统信息传输资源附近增加相应的传输资源进行发射,第一种方式中系统信息的发射周期降低为现有LTE系统的1/M,第二种方式中需要采用现有LTE系统M倍的传输资源。In a specific implementation, the network side base station may send the system information by using a sweeping beam, that is, the base station forms M transmit beams with different directions, and sends the system information to the UE by using the M transmit beams with different directions. The transmit beam of the base station is marked as eNBT 1 , eNBT 2 ... eNBT M , and these beams can be used to transmit system information transmission resources in the existing LTE system, or can be transmitted in the vicinity of existing LTE system information transmission resources. In the first mode, the transmission period of the system information is reduced to 1/M of the existing LTE system, and in the second mode, the transmission resources of the existing LTE system are required to be M times.

UE利用扫波束的方式接收基站发送的系统信息,即终端形成N个方向不同的接收波束接收系统信息,UE的接收波束标记为UER1、UER2…UERN。其中,接收到的系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,N和M为自然数。The UE receives the system information sent by the base station by means of the sweeping beam, that is, the terminal forms the receiving beam receiving system information with different directions in the N direction, and the receiving beam labels of the UE are labeled as UER 1 , UER 2 ... UER N . The received system information carries configuration information of a time-frequency resource for transmitting random access information, and N and M are natural numbers.

S12、UE分别确定终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息。S12. The UE determines the optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side and the optimal transmitting beam information of the network side, respectively.

本步骤中,通过扫波束的方式接收到系统信息后,UE可以根据一定的原则确定终端侧最优接收波束和网络侧最优接收波束,例如,UE可以确定确定信噪比最高和/或信号强度最大的接收波束为终端侧最优接收波束,并确定与该最优接收波束方向相匹配的发送波束的波束方向信息为网络侧最优发送波束。相应地,UE可以确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息为网络侧最优发送波束信息以及终端侧最优接收波束的波束方向信息为终端侧最优接收波束信息。In this step, after receiving the system information by means of sweeping the beam, the UE can determine the optimal receive beam on the terminal side and the optimal receive beam on the network side according to certain principles. For example, the UE can determine the highest signal to noise ratio and/or signal. The receiving beam with the strongest intensity is the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side, and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam that matches the direction of the optimal receiving beam is determined to be the optimal transmitting beam of the network side. Correspondingly, the UE may determine that the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side is the optimal transmit beam information of the network side and the beam direction information of the optimal receive beam of the terminal side is the optimal receive beam information of the terminal side.

S13、UE根据系统信息中携带的配置信息以及确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息,向网络侧发送随机接入信息。S13. The UE sends the random access information to the network side according to the configuration information carried in the system information, the determined terminal-side optimal receiving beam information, and the network-side optimal transmitting beam information.

本步骤中,基于TDD系统中上下行信道的互易性,根据步骤S12中确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息对应的波束方向同样也是UE的最优发送 波束方向,因此,当UE需要进行上行随机接入时,可以直接在其确定出的终端侧最优接收波束方向上发送随机接入信息。In this step, based on the reciprocity of the uplink and downlink channels in the TDD system, the beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side determined in step S12 is also the optimal transmission of the UE. The direction of the beam, therefore, when the UE needs to perform uplink random access, it can directly send random access information in the direction of the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side determined by the UE.

在一实施例中,网络侧通过发送的系统信息对UE可用的上行接入时频资源进行预先配置,例如,网络侧可以预先将UE发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源划分为M组,一个时频资源组与一个发送波束的波束方向对应,如图1b所示,其为UE发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源与网络侧发送波束之间的对应关系示意图。发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为连续的;或者发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为非连续的;各时频资源组之间的关系为时分的和/或频分的。In an embodiment, the network side pre-configures the uplink access time-frequency resources available to the UE by using the transmitted system information. For example, the network side may pre-define the time-frequency resources that the UE sends the random access information into the M group. A time-frequency resource group corresponds to a beam direction of a transmitting beam, as shown in FIG. 1b, which is a schematic diagram of a correspondence between a time-frequency resource available for transmitting the random access information and a transmitting beam at the network side. The time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; The relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division.

根据图1b所示的发送随机接入信息可用的资源元素(RE)与波束方向的对应关系可知,发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的;类似地,在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的;各时频资源组间的关系可以是时分的、频分的、或者二者兼有的。According to the corresponding relationship between the resource element (RE) and the beam direction for transmitting the random access information shown in FIG. 1b, the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information may be continuous or non-contiguous in the time domain. Similarly, it may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain; the relationship between each time-frequency resource group may be time-division, frequency-divided, or both.

该对应关系体现在系统信息中,包含时频资源位置和波束序号或波束特征相对应的关系,或者资源起始位置、资源pattern与波束序号或波束特征相对应的关系作为本发明实施例中发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源组的组标识与发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系。The corresponding relationship is embodied in the system information, and includes a relationship between a time-frequency resource location and a beam sequence number or a beam feature, or a relationship between a resource start location, a resource pattern, and a beam sequence or a beam feature is sent in the embodiment of the present invention. The mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam that are available for the random access information.

基站存储时频资源组的组标识与发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系,基站通过信令通知UE该映射关系,该映射关系可以为一对一的关系,即一个组标识与一个波束方向信息对应,也可以为多对一的关系,即多个组标识与一个波束方向信息对应,本发明实施例对此不进行限定。因此,基站向UE发送的系统信息中携带的配置信息可以为时频资源组的组标识与发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系。其中,波束方向信息可以为能够表明波束方向的任意信息,本发明实施例对此不进行限定。The base station stores the mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam, and the base station notifies the mapping relationship of the UE by signaling, and the mapping relationship may be a one-to-one relationship, that is, a group identifier and a beam. The direction information is corresponding to the one-to-one relationship, that is, the multiple group identifiers are associated with one beam direction information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, the configuration information carried in the system information sent by the base station to the UE may be a mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam. The beam direction information may be any information that can indicate the direction of the beam, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.

基于此,步骤S13中可以按照以下流程实施:UE从系统信息携带的映射关系中查找网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息对应的组标识;UE在查找到的组标识对应的时频资源上,根据终端侧最优接收波束的波束方向信息,使用相应的波束方向向网络侧发送随机接入信息。Based on this, the step S13 may be implemented according to the following process: the UE searches for the group identifier corresponding to the beam direction information of the network-side optimal transmit beam from the mapping relationship carried in the system information; the UE searches for the time-frequency resource corresponding to the found group identifier. According to the beam direction information of the optimal receiving beam on the terminal side, the random access information is sent to the network side by using the corresponding beam direction.

UE在获得了系统信息后,需要在上行方向发送随机接入信息,该随机接入信息可以为随机接入序列,UE采用步骤S12中确定出的终端侧最优接收波束,假设为UERi(1≤i≤N)的波束方向作为上行发送波束方向向网络侧发送随机接入信息。After obtaining the system information, the UE needs to send the random access information in the uplink direction, and the random access information may be a random access sequence, and the UE adopts the terminal-side optimal receiving beam determined in step S12, and is assumed to be UER i ( The beam direction of 1 ≤ i ≤ N) is used as the uplink transmission beam direction to transmit random access information to the network side.

在发送随机接入信息时,UE根据系统信息中携带的发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源组的组标识与发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系,确定对应于最优基站端发送波束方向信息(假设为eNBTj)的时频资源组的组标识j,UE在相应的时频资源组上使用终端侧最优接收波束UERi的波束方向向网络侧发送随机接入信息。When transmitting the random access information, the UE determines, according to the mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam, which are available in the system information, The group identifier j of the time-frequency resource group of the beam direction information (assumed to be eNBT j ), and the UE transmits the random access information to the network side using the beam direction of the terminal-side optimal reception beam UER i on the corresponding time-frequency resource group.

相应地,在网络侧,可以按照图2所示的流程实施本发明实施例提供 的接入方法:Correspondingly, on the network side, the embodiment of the present invention may be implemented according to the flow shown in FIG. 2 Access method:

S21、基站利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息。S21. The base station sends system information to the UE by using M transmit beams with different directions.

所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,M为自然数。The system information carries configuration information of a time-frequency resource that is used to send random access information, where M is a natural number.

步骤S21的实施与上述步骤S11相对应,其具体实施流程可以参见步骤S11的实施,这里不再赘述。The implementation of the step S21 corresponds to the above-mentioned step S11. For the specific implementation process, refer to the implementation of step S11, and details are not described herein again.

S22、基站接收UE根据所述配置信息发送的随机接入信息。S22. The base station receives random access information that is sent by the UE according to the configuration information.

本步骤中,由于尚未获知UE的终端侧最优发送波束方向以及自身的最优发送波束方向,因此,基站仍需在UE发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源上采用扫波束的方式接收随机接入信息,但是,由于终端仅在基站的网络侧最优发送波束对应的时频资源组j上使用UE的终端侧最优接收波束方向发送随机接入信息,因此,基站只会在时频资源组j上检测到随机接入信息。In this step, since the optimal transmit beam direction of the terminal side of the UE and the optimal transmit beam direction of the UE are not known, the base station still needs to receive the random mode by using the swept beam on the time-frequency resource that the UE sends the random access information. Access information, but the base station only transmits the random access information on the time-frequency resource group j corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the network side of the base station using the terminal-side optimal receive beam direction of the UE. Random access information is detected on resource group j.

在一实施例中,网络侧实施的随机接入方法还可以包括以下步骤:In an embodiment, the random access method implemented by the network side may further include the following steps:

S23、根据接收到的随机接入信息确定网络侧最优发送波束信息和UE的终端侧最优发送波束信息以及发送随机接入响应的时频资源。S23. Determine, according to the received random access information, the network-side optimal transmit beam information, the terminal-side optimal transmit beam information of the UE, and the time-frequency resource that sends the random access response.

具体地,基站可以确定UE发送随机接入信息所用的时频资源组的组标识,在时频资源组的组标识与发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系中查找UE发送随机接入信息所用的时频资源组的组标识对应的波束方向信息,确定查找到的波束方向信息为网络侧最优发送波束信息;确定UE发送随机接入信息的波束方向为UE的终端侧最优发送波束信息;确定所述UE发送所述随机接入信息所用的时频资源组中包含的时频资源为发送随机接入响应的时频资源。Specifically, the base station may determine the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information, and search for the UE to send the random access information in the mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmitting beam. The beam direction information corresponding to the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group used is determined, and the found beam direction information is determined as the optimal transmit beam information of the network side; and the beam direction of the UE transmitting the random access information is the terminal-side optimal transmit beam of the UE. And determining that the time-frequency resource included in the time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information is a time-frequency resource that sends a random access response.

例如,基站可以根据检测到的时频资源组的组标识j从时频资源组的组标识与发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系中查找其对应的发送波束的波束方向信息,本例中即为eNBTj,由此,基站可以确定基站端的网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息,根据上下行信道互易性可知,这也是网络侧最优接收波束方向。For example, the base station may search for the beam direction information of the corresponding transmit beam from the mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group and the beam direction information of the transmit beam according to the group identifier j of the detected time-frequency resource group. The eNB is the eNBT j . Therefore, the base station can determine the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side of the base station. According to the reciprocity of the uplink and downlink channels, this is also the optimal receive beam direction of the network side.

在随机接入成功后,根据网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息,使用相应的波束方向向所述UE发送下行信息。后续网络侧与UE之间传输信息时,可以根据接入流程中确定出的网络侧最优发送波束方向以及网络侧最优接收波束方向和终端侧最优接收波束方向以及终端侧最优发送波束方向进行信息的发送和接收,而无需进行扫波束接收,从而能够节约基站和UE处理资源的开销,并减小信息传输时延。具体地,在随机接入成功后,UE可以根据确定出的终端侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息(上例中的UERi),使用相应的波束方向向网络侧发送上行信息,网络侧根据确定出的网络侧最优接收波束方向信息(上例中的eNBTj)使用相应的波束方向接收UE发送的上行信息;网络侧根据网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息,使用相应的波束方向(上例中的eNBTj)向UE发送下行信息,UE根据确定出的 终端侧最优接收波束方向信息使用相应的波束方向(上例中的UERi)接收网络侧发送的下行信息。After the random access succeeds, the downlink information is sent to the UE by using the corresponding beam direction according to the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam on the network side. When transmitting information between the network side and the UE, the optimal transmit beam direction of the network side, the optimal receive beam direction of the network side, the optimal receive beam direction of the terminal side, and the optimal transmit beam of the terminal side may be determined according to the access flow. The direction transmits and receives information without performing sweep beam reception, thereby saving overhead of processing resources of the base station and the UE, and reducing information transmission delay. Specifically, after the random access succeeds, the UE may send uplink information to the network side according to the determined beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the terminal side (UER i in the above example), and the network side according to the network side The determined network-side optimal receive beam direction information (eNBT j in the above example) uses the corresponding beam direction to receive the uplink information sent by the UE; the network side uses the corresponding beam direction according to the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side. (eNBT j in the above example) transmits downlink information to the UE, and the UE receives the downlink information transmitted by the network side according to the determined terminal-side optimal reception beam direction information using the corresponding beam direction (UER i in the above example).

在一实施例中,在后续的多次传输中,UE还可以根据每一步获得的更准确的信道信息或波束信息,对相应的波束方向进行调整,以达到更好的传输性能。同样,在后续的多次传输中,网络侧也可以根据每一步获得的更准确的信道信息或波束信息,对相应的波束方向进行调整,以达到更好的传输性能。In an embodiment, in subsequent multiple transmissions, the UE may further adjust the corresponding beam direction according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained in each step to achieve better transmission performance. Similarly, in subsequent multiple transmissions, the network side can also adjust the corresponding beam direction according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained at each step to achieve better transmission performance.

而根据本发明实施例方案中,不同UE的接入消息可以依靠波束方向、时频资源以及随机接入序列来区分,因此,可以更好地支持多用户接入:当系统中有多个期望接入的UE时,如果多个终端选择的波束方向不一致,则可以在不同的时频资源上进行随机接入序列传输,多用户之间不会造成干扰;如果多个终端选择的波束方向一致,但是选择的随机接入序列不同,基站端也可以区分。因此,本发明实施例提供的随机接入方法可以更好地区分多用户的随机接入请求,更好地支持多用户传输。In the solution according to the embodiment of the present invention, access messages of different UEs may be differentiated by using beam direction, time-frequency resources, and random access sequences, so that multi-user access can be better supported: when there are multiple expectations in the system When the UEs are connected, if the direction of the beams selected by the multiple terminals is inconsistent, the random access sequence may be transmitted on different time-frequency resources, and no interference will occur between multiple users; if the direction of the beams selected by multiple terminals is the same However, the selected random access sequence is different, and the base station side can also distinguish. Therefore, the random access method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can better distinguish the random access request of multiple users and better support multi-user transmission.

这样,通过在系统信息中增加基站发送系统信息的发送波束的波束方向信息与UE发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源组的组标识之间的对应关系,UE仅在接收系统信息时进行单向扫波束接收,后续步骤仅需在单一波束方向上发送和接收,即可完成随机接入流程,从而减少了随机接入过程中的扫波束次数,简化了基于波束赋形方式的接入流程、降低了终端资源开销和接入时延。而对于网络侧基站来说,其仅需在像UE发送系统信息以及在接收到UE在单一波束方向上发送的随机接入信息时需要使用扫波束方式进行信息的发送和接收,而在执行完成上述两步后,网络侧也能够获知自身最优的发送波束方向和UE最优的接收波束方向,之后网络侧也仅需在单一方向上发送和接收信息,从而,降低了网络侧基站的资源开销,减小了信息传输时延。In this way, by adding the correspondence between the beam direction information of the transmit beam of the base station transmitting system information and the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group that the UE transmits the random access information in the system information, the UE only performs the single when receiving the system information. Receiving to the sweep beam, the subsequent steps only need to be sent and received in a single beam direction to complete the random access procedure, thereby reducing the number of sweeping beams in the random access process and simplifying the access process based on the beamforming method. The terminal resource overhead and access delay are reduced. For the network side base station, it only needs to use the sweeping beam mode to transmit and receive information when the UE transmits the system information and receives the random access information sent by the UE in a single beam direction, and the execution is completed. After the above two steps, the network side can also know its own optimal transmit beam direction and the optimal receive beam direction of the UE. Then, the network side only needs to send and receive information in a single direction, thereby reducing the resources of the network side base station. Overhead, reducing the information transmission delay.

为了更好的理解本发明实施例,以下结合UE与网络侧即基站之间的信息流程对本发明实施例的实施过程进行详细说明。如图3所示,可以包括以下步骤:For a better understanding of the embodiments of the present invention, the implementation process of the embodiments of the present invention is described in detail below in conjunction with the information flow between the UE and the network side, that is, the base station. As shown in FIG. 3, the following steps may be included:

S31、网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息。S31. The network side sends system information to the UE by using different transmit beams in M directions.

其中,网络侧需对UE发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源预先进行配置,并在发送的系统信息中携带有相应的配置信息。在一实施例中,网络侧可以将UE发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源划分为M组,每一组与一个网络侧发送波束的波束方向相对应。The network side needs to configure the time-frequency resources that the UE sends the random access information in advance, and carries the corresponding configuration information in the sent system information. In an embodiment, the network side may divide the time-frequency resources that the UE sends the random access information into M groups, and each group corresponds to the beam direction of one network side transmitting beam.

基于此,系统信息中携带的配置信息可以为UE发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源组的组标识与网络侧发送系统信息所形成的发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系。Based on this, the configuration information carried in the system information may be a mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group in which the random access information is available and the beam direction information of the transmission beam formed by the network side transmission system information.

网络侧形成M个方向不同的发送波束以扫波束方式发送系统信息。The network side forms M transmit beams with different directions to transmit system information in a sweeping manner.

S32、UE形成N个接收波束接收网络侧发送的系统信息。 S32. The UE forms N receiving beams to receive system information sent by the network side.

本步骤中,UE通过扫波束方式接收系统信息。In this step, the UE receives system information by means of a sweep beam.

S33、UE确定终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息。S33. The UE determines the optimal receive beam information on the terminal side and the optimal transmit beam information on the network side.

本步骤中UE可以根据发送波束和接收波束的信噪比确定终端侧最优接收波束和网络侧最优发送波束,并确定终端侧最优接收波束的波束方向信息为终端侧最优发送波束信息,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息为网络侧最优接收波束信息。In this step, the UE may determine the optimal receive beam of the terminal side and the optimal transmit beam of the network side according to the signal to noise ratio of the transmit beam and the receive beam, and determine the beam direction information of the optimal receive beam of the terminal side as the optimal transmit beam information of the terminal side. And determining beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam on the network side as optimal receive beam information on the network side.

S34、UE根据确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息向网络侧发送随机接入信息。S34. The UE sends the random access information to the network side according to the determined terminal-side optimal receive beam information and the network-side optimal transmit beam information.

本步骤中,根据信道互易性,UE可以确定终端侧最优接收波束也为终端侧最优发送波束,因此,UE可以根据确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息在相应的波束方向上使用单一波束方向向网络侧发送随机接入信息。In this step, according to the channel reciprocity, the UE can determine that the optimal receiving beam at the terminal side is also the optimal transmitting beam at the terminal side. Therefore, the UE can use the determined optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side in the corresponding beam direction. A single beam direction transmits random access information to the network side.

在一实施例中,UE还可根据系统信息中携带的UE发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源组的组标识与网络侧发送系统信息所形成的发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系以及确定出的网络侧最优发送波束信息,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息对应的时频资源组,并在相应的时频资源上使用终端侧最优接收波束方向发送随机接入信息。In an embodiment, the mapping relationship between the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group available for the random access information and the beam direction information of the transmit beam formed by the network-side transmitting system information may be sent by the UE carried in the system information. And determining the optimal transmit beam information of the network side, determining a time-frequency resource group corresponding to the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side, and transmitting the random access by using the optimal receive beam direction of the terminal side on the corresponding time-frequency resource information.

S35、网络侧接收随机接入信息。S35. The network side receives random access information.

本步骤中,网络侧仍需形成多个波束在UE发送随机接入信息可用的所有时频资源通过扫波束方式接收随机接入信息,但是由于UE仅在特定时频资源组(假设组标识为j)上使用单一方向发送,因此,网络侧只会在时频资源组j上接收到随机接入信息。In this step, the network side still needs to form multiple beams. All time-frequency resources that are available to the UE to send random access information can receive random access information through the sweeping beam mode, but since the UE is only in a specific time-frequency resource group (assuming the group identifier is j) is transmitted in a single direction, so the network side only receives random access information on the time-frequency resource group j.

S36、网络侧确定网络侧最优发送波束信息和终端侧最优发送波束信息。S36. The network side determines the optimal transmit beam information on the network side and the optimal transmit beam information on the terminal side.

本步骤中,网络侧根据接收到随机接入信息的时频资源组的组标识确定网络侧的网络侧最优发送波束方向信息,并根据UE发送随机接入信息的波束方向确定终端侧最优发送波束方向信息。In this step, the network side determines the optimal transmit beam direction information of the network side according to the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group that receives the random access information, and determines the terminal side optimal according to the beam direction of the UE transmitting the random access information. Transmit beam direction information.

至此,网络侧基站和UE都已经获得彼此的最优发送波束方向和最优接收波束方向,在后续的上下行信息传输步骤中可以根据彼此的最优发送波束方向和最优接收波束方向发送和接收信息。So far, both the network side base station and the UE have obtained the optimal transmit beam direction and the optimal receive beam direction of each other, and in the subsequent uplink and downlink information transmission steps, the sum may be sent according to the optimal transmit beam direction and the optimal receive beam direction of each other. Receive information.

S37、UE根据终端侧最优接收波束的波束方向信息,使用相应的波束方向向网络侧发送上行信息。S37. The UE sends uplink information to the network side by using a corresponding beam direction according to beam direction information of the optimal receiving beam at the terminal side.

在后续的多次传输中,UE可以根据每一步获得的更准确的信道信息或波束信息,对相应的波束方向进行调整,以达到更好的传输性能。In subsequent multiple transmissions, the UE may adjust the corresponding beam direction according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained at each step to achieve better transmission performance.

S38、网络侧根据网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息,使用相应的波束方向向UE发送下行信息。S38. The network side sends downlink information to the UE by using a corresponding beam direction according to beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side.

在后续的多次传输中,网络侧可以根据每一步获得的更准确的信道信息或波束信息,对相应的波束方向进行调整,以达到更好的传输性能。In the subsequent multiple transmissions, the network side can adjust the corresponding beam direction according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained at each step to achieve better transmission performance.

基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中还提供了一种终端侧和网络侧分 别实施的随机接入装置、相关设备和系统,由于上述装置、设备和系统解决问题的原理分别与上述终端侧和网络侧实施的随机接入方法相似,因此上述装置、设备和系统的实施可以参见方法的实施,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the terminal side and the network side are further provided in the embodiment of the present invention. Random access devices, related devices and systems that are not implemented, since the principles of solving the above-mentioned devices, devices, and systems are similar to the random access methods implemented on the terminal side and the network side, respectively, the implementation of the devices, devices, and systems described above may be implemented. See the implementation of the method, and the repetition will not be repeated.

如图4所示,其为本发明实施例提供的终端侧实施的随机接入装置的结构示意图,包括:FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device implemented on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention, including:

第一接收单元41,配置为利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息,所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,N和M为自然数;The first receiving unit 41 is configured to receive, by using the receiving beams that are different in the N directions, system information that is sent by using the transmitting beams that are different in the M direction, where the system information carries the time-frequency resources that are used to send the random access information. Configuration information, where N and M are natural numbers;

第一确定单元42,配置为分别确定终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息;The first determining unit 42 is configured to determine terminal-side optimal receiving beam information and network-side optimal transmitting beam information, respectively.

第一发送单元43,配置为根据所述配置信息以及确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息,向所述网络侧发送随机接入信息。The first sending unit 43 is configured to send random access information to the network side according to the configuration information and the determined terminal-side optimal receiving beam information and network-side optimal transmitting beam information.

其中,所述配置信息包括发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源组的组标识与所述发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系;所述网络侧最优发送波束信息包括网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息,所述终端侧最优接收波束信息包括终端侧最优接收波束的波束方向信息;以及The configuration information includes a mapping relationship between a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group in which the random access information is available and a beam direction information of the sending beam, where the network-side optimal transmitting beam information includes an optimal network side. The beam direction information of the transmitting beam, where the terminal-side optimal receiving beam information includes beam direction information of the terminal-side optimal receiving beam;

所述第一发送单元43,包括:The first sending unit 43 includes:

查找子单元431,配置为从所述系统信息携带的映射关系中查找所述网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息对应的组标识;The locating unit 431 is configured to search for a group identifier corresponding to the beam direction information of the network-side optimal transmit beam from the mapping relationship carried in the system information.

发送子单元432,配置为在查找到的组标识对应的时频资源上,根据终端侧最优接收波束的波束方向信息,使用相应的波束方向向所述网络侧发送随机接入信息。The sending sub-unit 432 is configured to send the random access information to the network side by using the corresponding beam direction according to the beam direction information of the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the found group identifier.

在一实施例中,第一发送单元43,还可以配置为在随机接入成功后,根据终端侧最优接收波束的波束方向信息,使用相应的波束方向向所述网络侧发送上行信息。In an embodiment, the first sending unit 43 may be configured to send uplink information to the network side according to the beam direction information of the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side after the random access is successful.

其中,发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为连续的;或者发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为非连续的;发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源与发送波束的对应关系为时分的和/或频分的The time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; Corresponding relationship between time-frequency resources and transmit beams available for transmitting random access information is time-division and/or frequency-division

具体实施时,所述第一确定单元42,包括:In a specific implementation, the first determining unit 42 includes:

第一确定子单元421,配置为确定信噪比最高的接收波束的波束方向信息为终端侧最优接收波束信息;The first determining subunit 421 is configured to determine that the beam direction information of the receiving beam with the highest signal to noise ratio is the terminal side optimal receiving beam information;

第二确定子单元422,配置为确定与该最优接收波束方向相匹配的的发送波束的波束方向信息为网络侧最优发送波束信息。The second determining subunit 422 is configured to determine that the beam direction information of the transmit beam that matches the optimal receive beam direction is the network side optimal transmit beam information.

实际应用时,第一接收单元41、第一发送单元43、第一确定单元42、查找子单元431、发送子单元432可由终端侧实施的随机接入装置中的处理器结合网络接口实现。当然,终端侧实施的随机接入装置还包括存储器, 存储器,所述处理器从存储器中获取指令(可以理解为一种计算机程序),并结合硬件实现其功能。In practical applications, the first receiving unit 41, the first sending unit 43, the first determining unit 42, the searching subunit 431, and the transmitting subunit 432 may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the terminal side in combination with a network interface. Of course, the random access device implemented on the terminal side further includes a memory. A memory that retrieves instructions from memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its functions in conjunction with hardware.

为了描述的方便,以上各部分按照功能划分为各模块(或单元)分别描述。当然,在实施本发明时可以把各模块(或单元)的功能在同一个或多个软件或硬件中实现。例如,图4所示的随机接入装置可以设置于终端中。For the convenience of description, the above parts are respectively divided into modules (or units) according to functions. Of course, the functions of the various modules (or units) may be implemented in one or more software or hardware in the practice of the invention. For example, the random access device shown in FIG. 4 can be disposed in the terminal.

如图5所示,其为本发明实施例提供的网络侧实施的随机接入装置的结构示意图,可以包括:As shown in FIG. 5, it is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device implemented by a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention, which may include:

第三发送单元51,配置为利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息,所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,M为自然数;The third sending unit 51 is configured to send system information to the UE by using different transmit directions of the M directions, where the system information carries configuration information of a time-frequency resource for transmitting random access information, where M is a natural number;

第三接收单元52,配置为接收所述UE根据所述配置信息发送的随机接入信息。The third receiving unit 52 is configured to receive random access information that is sent by the UE according to the configuration information.

在一实施例中,网络侧实施的随机接入装置还可以包括:In an embodiment, the random access device implemented on the network side may further include:

第三确定单元53,配置为根据接收到的随机接入信息确定网络侧最优发送波束信息和所述UE的终端侧最优发送波束信息以及发送随机接入响应的时频资源。The third determining unit 53 is configured to determine, according to the received random access information, network-side optimal transmit beam information, terminal-side optimal transmit beam information of the UE, and time-frequency resources for transmitting a random access response.

其中,所述配置信息包括发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源组的组标识与所述发送波束的波束方向信息之间的映射关系;以及所述随机接入信息为所述UE根据从所述系统信息携带的映射关系中查找到的、网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息对应的组标识,在相应的时频资源上根据终端侧最优接收波束的波束方向信息,使用相应的波束方向发送的。The configuration information includes a mapping relationship between a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group in which the random access information is available and beam direction information of the transmitting beam, and the random access information is the UE according to the The group identifier corresponding to the beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side found in the mapping relationship carried in the system information, and the corresponding beam is used according to the beam direction information of the optimal receive beam of the terminal side on the corresponding time-frequency resource. Direction sent.

所述第三确定单元53,包括:The third determining unit 53 includes:

第一确定子单元531,配置为确定所述UE发送所述随机接入信息所用的时频资源组的组标识,在所述映射关系中查找所述UE发送所述随机接入信息所用的时频资源组的组标识对应的波束方向信息,确定查找到的波束方向信息为网络侧最优发送波束信息;a first determining sub-unit 531, configured to determine a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information, where the mapping is used to search for a time when the UE sends the random access information The beam direction information corresponding to the group identifier of the frequency resource group is determined, and the found beam direction information is determined as the optimal transmit beam information of the network side;

第二确定子单元532,配置为确定所述UE发送所述随机接入信息的波束方向为所述UE的终端侧最优发送波束信息;a second determining sub-unit 532, configured to determine that a beam direction in which the UE sends the random access information is terminal-side optimal transmit beam information of the UE;

第三确定子单元533,配置为确定所述UE发送所述随机接入信息所用的时频资源组中包含的时频资源为发送随机接入响应的时频资源。The third determining sub-unit 533 is configured to determine that the time-frequency resource included in the time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information is a time-frequency resource that sends a random access response.

具体实施时,所述第三发送单元51,还配置为在随机接入成功后,根据网络侧最优发送波束的波束方向信息,使用相应的波束方向向所述UE发送下行信息。In a specific implementation, the third sending unit 51 is further configured to: after the random access succeeds, send downlink information to the UE by using a corresponding beam direction according to beam direction information of the optimal transmit beam of the network side.

为了描述的方便,以上各部分按照功能划分为各模块(或单元)分别描述。当然,在实施本发明时可以把各模块(或单元)的功能在同一个或多个软件或硬件中实现。例如,图5所示的随机接入装置可以设置于基站中。 For the convenience of description, the above parts are respectively divided into modules (or units) according to functions. Of course, the functions of the various modules (or units) may be implemented in one or more software or hardware in the practice of the invention. For example, the random access device shown in FIG. 5 can be disposed in a base station.

实际应用时,所述第三发送单元51、第三接收单元52可由网络侧实施的随机接入装置中的处理器结合网络接口实现;所述第三确定单元53、第一确定子单元531、第二确定子单元532、第三确定子单元533可由网络侧实施的随机接入装置中的处理器实现。当然网络侧实施的随机接入装置还包括存储器,存储器,所述处理器从存储器中获取指令(可以理解为一种计算机程序),并结合硬件实现其功能。In a practical application, the third sending unit 51 and the third receiving unit 52 may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the network side in combination with a network interface; the third determining unit 53 and the first determining subunit 531, The second determining subunit 532 and the third determining subunit 533 may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the network side. Of course, the random access device implemented on the network side further includes a memory, a memory, and the processor acquires an instruction from the memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its function in combination with hardware.

如图6所示,其为本发明实施例提供的随机接入系统的结构示意图,可以包括终端(UE)61和基站62,其中,终端61中设置有图4所示的随机接入装置,基站62中设置有图5所示的随机接入装置。As shown in FIG. 6, it is a schematic structural diagram of a random access system according to an embodiment of the present invention, which may include a terminal (UE) 61 and a base station 62. The terminal 61 is provided with a random access device as shown in FIG. A random access device shown in FIG. 5 is provided in the base station 62.

同时,为了减少随机接入流程中相关接入设备的处理资源开销,减小接入时延,本发明实施例还提供了一种随机接入方法、装置、相关设备和系统。At the same time, in order to reduce the processing resource overhead of the related access device in the random access procedure and reduce the access delay, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a random access method, device, related device and system.

本发明实施例中,终端侧在向网络侧发送的随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息,使得网络侧可以据此确定出网络侧最优发送波束,后续根据网络侧最优发送波束在相应的波束方向上向UE发送随机接入响应等下行信息,而无需采用扫波束方式发送,可以简化基于波束赋形的接入流程,降低网络侧基站处理资源的开销并减小随机接入时延和信息传输时延。In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal side carries the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information in the random access request sent to the network side, so that the network side can determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side according to the network side, and the network side is the most The optimal transmit beam transmits the downlink information such as the random access response to the UE in the corresponding beam direction without using the sweep beam mode, which simplifies the beamforming-based access procedure, reduces the overhead of the network side base station processing resources, and reduces Random access delay and information transmission delay.

在介绍了本发明的基本原理之后,下面具体介绍本发明的各种非限制性实施方式。Having described the basic principles of the invention, various non-limiting embodiments of the invention are described in detail below.

如图7所示,为终端侧实施本发明实施例提供的随机接入方法的实施流程示意图,可以包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 7, the implementation flow diagram of the random access method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is implemented on the terminal side, and may include the following steps:

S71、UE利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息。S71. The UE uses the receiving beams with different directions in the N direction to receive system information that is sent by the network side using the transmitting beams with different M directions.

具体实施时,网络侧基站可以采用扫波束的方式发送系统信息,即基站形成M个方向不同的发送波束,并利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息。基站端的发送波束标记为eNBT1、eNBT2…eNBTM,这些波束可以占用现有LTE系统中的系统信息传输资源进行发射,也可以在现有LTE系统信息传输资源附近增加相应的传输资源进行发射,第一种方式中系统信息的发射周期降低为现有LTE系统的1/M,第二种方式中需要采用现有LTE系统M倍的传输资源。In a specific implementation, the network side base station may send the system information by using a sweeping beam, that is, the base station forms M transmit beams with different directions, and sends the system information to the UE by using the M transmit beams with different directions. The transmit beam of the base station is marked as eNBT 1 , eNBT 2 ... eNBT M , and these beams can be used to transmit system information transmission resources in the existing LTE system, or can be transmitted in the vicinity of existing LTE system information transmission resources. In the first mode, the transmission period of the system information is reduced to 1/M of the existing LTE system, and in the second mode, the transmission resources of the existing LTE system are required to be M times.

UE利用扫波束的方式接收基站发送的系统信息,即终端形成N个方向不同的接收波束接收系统信息,UE的接收波束标记为UER1、UER2…UERN。其中,N和M为自然数。The UE receives the system information sent by the base station by means of the sweeping beam, that is, the terminal forms the receiving beam receiving system information with different directions in the N direction, and the receiving beam labels of the UE are labeled as UER 1 , UER 2 ... UER N . Among them, N and M are natural numbers.

S72、UE确定网络侧最优发送波束。S72. The UE determines an optimal transmit beam on the network side.

本步骤中,通过扫波束的方式接收到系统信息后,UE可以根据接收信噪比首先确定出终端侧最优接收波束,基于此,将与该终端侧最优接收波束的波束方向向匹配的发送波束的确定为网络侧最优发送波束,假设为 eNBTj,j为不大于M的自然数。In this step, after receiving the system information by means of sweeping the beam, the UE may first determine the optimal receive beam of the terminal side according to the received signal to noise ratio, and based on this, the beam direction of the optimal receive beam of the terminal side is matched. The determination of the transmit beam is the network-side optimal transmit beam, assuming eNBT j , j is a natural number not greater than M.

S73、向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,在发送的随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。S73. Send a random access request to the network side, and carry the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information in the sent random access request.

UE在获得系统信息后,需要在上行方向发送随机接入请求,其中包含随机接入序列等随机接入信息,UE发送波束标记为UET1、UET2…UETM’,在随机接入请求中除了携带了随机接入所需的信息之外,还会在随机接入请求中带UE确定出的网络侧最优发送波束eNBTj的指示信息,使得基站端在接收到随机接入请求后,即可根据网络侧最优发送波束指示信息确定网络侧最优发送波束。After obtaining the system information, the UE needs to send a random access request in the uplink direction, which includes random access information such as a random access sequence, and the UE sends the beam labels as UET1, UET2, ..., UETM', in addition to carrying the random access request. In addition to the information required for random access, the indication information of the network-side optimal transmit beam eNBTj determined by the UE is also included in the random access request, so that the base station can receive the random access request according to the network. The side optimal transmit beam indication information determines the network side optimal transmit beam.

本步骤中,基于步骤S72确定出的网络侧最优发送波束,UE可以在向网络侧发送的随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息,以通知基站网络侧最优发送波束。In this step, based on the network-side optimal transmit beam determined in step S72, the UE may carry the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information in the random access request sent to the network side to notify the base station of the network side optimal transmit beam. .

具体实施时,基站在向UE发送的系统信息中可以携带有以下至少一项信息用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息:发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系;将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波束标识之间的第二对应关系;将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系。In a specific implementation, the system information that the base station sends to the UE may carry at least one of the following information for determining the first corresponding relationship between the network side optimal transmit beam indication information and the corresponding indication identifier of the transmit beam identifier; a second correspondence between the first group identifier and the transmission beam identifier corresponding to the random access sequence group obtained by the random access sequence, and the time-frequency resource obtained by the UE transmitting the time-frequency resources available for the random access request The third correspondence between the second group identifier corresponding to the group and the sending beam identifier.

具体实施时,网络侧可以与UE预先约定UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型,即网络侧可以与UE预先约定使用第一对应关系,还是第二对应关系,还是第三对应关系,UE根据与网络侧预先约定的对应关系类型,选择相应的对应关系以确定网络侧最优波束指示信息。或者,网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型。In a specific implementation, the network side may pre-arrange the type of correspondence between the UE and the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side, that is, the network side may pre-arrange the use of the first correspondence relationship or the second correspondence relationship with the UE, or In the three-relationship relationship, the UE selects a corresponding correspondence relationship according to the type of the correspondence relationship pre-agreed with the network side to determine the optimal beam indication information on the network side. Alternatively, the network side indicates, by using signaling, the type of the correspondence relationship used by the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side.

具体实施时,针对每一种对应关系可能有多种的对应方式,例如针对第二对应关系,可能有表2-表4所示的几种对应方式,如果网络侧与终端侧预先约定使用的对应关系包含有至少两种对应方式,则网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应方式,即网络侧需要通过信令指示UE使用表2-表4中的哪一种对应方式确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。In a specific implementation, there may be multiple corresponding manners for each corresponding relationship. For example, for the second corresponding relationship, there may be several corresponding manners shown in Table 2 to Table 4, if the network side and the terminal side pre-agreed the use. The corresponding relationship includes the at least two corresponding manners, and the network side indicates, by using the signaling, the corresponding manner for the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side, that is, the network side needs to indicate to the UE by using the signaling in Table 2 - Table 4 Which corresponding method determines the optimal transmit beam indication information on the network side.

第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源位置与发送波束的波束标识(其可以为波束序号或者波束特征)之间的对应关系;或者所述第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源起始位置、资源模式与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系。发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为连续的;或者发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为非连续的;各时频资源组之间的关系为时分的和/或频分的。The third correspondence includes a correspondence between a time-frequency resource location included in each time-frequency resource group and a beam identifier of the transmit beam (which may be a beam sequence number or a beam feature); or the third correspondence includes each time-frequency resource The correspondence between the start position of the time-frequency resource, the resource mode, and the beam identifier of the transmit beam. The time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; The relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division.

如图1b所示,其为UE发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源与网络侧发送波束之间的对应关系示意图。根据图1b所示的发送随机接入信息可用的 RE(资源元素)与波束方向的对应关系可知,发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的;类似地,在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的;各时频资源组间的关系可以是时分的、频分的、或者二者兼有的。该对应关系体现在系统信息中,包含时频资源位置和波束序号或波束特征相对应的关系,或者资源起始位置、资源pattern与波束序号或波束特征相对应的关系。As shown in FIG. 1b, it is a schematic diagram of a correspondence between time-frequency resources available for the UE to send random access information and a transmit beam at the network side. According to the transmission random access information shown in Figure 1b is available The correspondence between the RE (resource element) and the beam direction indicates that the time-frequency resource available for transmitting the random access information may be continuous or non-contiguous in the time domain; similarly, it may be continuous in the frequency domain. It may also be non-contiguous; the relationship between each time-frequency resource group may be time-division, frequency-divided, or both. The correspondence relationship is embodied in the system information, and includes a relationship between a time-frequency resource location and a beam sequence number or a beam feature, or a relationship between a resource start position, a resource pattern, and a beam sequence number or a beam feature.

相应的,根据系统信息中携带的上述信息,在步骤S73中可以按照以下任一方式实施:Correspondingly, according to the above information carried in the system information, it may be implemented in any of the following manners in step S73:

第一种实施方式、根据发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系向网络侧发送随机接入请求。In a first implementation manner, the random access request is sent to the network side according to the first correspondence between the sending beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier.

如表1所示,其为网络侧发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系示意:As shown in Table 1, it is a first correspondence between the network side transmit beam identifier and its corresponding indication identifier:

表1Table 1

网络侧发送波束标识Network side transmit beam identification 指示标识Indicator eNBT0eNBT0 000000 eNBT1eNBT1 001001 eNBT2eNBT2 010010 ……...... ……...... eNBT8eNBT8 111111

据此,UE在接收到系统信息后,可以根据第一对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的指示标识;将确定出的网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的指示标识作为所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。According to this, after receiving the system information, the UE may determine, according to the first correspondence, an indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the optimal transmit beam of the network side; and the indication identifier corresponding to the determined beam identifier of the optimal transmit beam of the network side. As the network side optimal transmit beam indication information.

例如,终端在接收到系统信息后,确定网络侧发送波束BTB2位最优发送波束,则UE在表1中查找其对应的指示标识,即为010,则终端在向网络侧发送的随机接入请求中使用3bit的信息010指示网络侧基站,使得网络侧基站可以根据指示标识010确定网络侧最优发送波束为BTB2。For example, after receiving the system information, the terminal determines the optimal transmit beam of the network side transmit beam BTB2, and the UE searches for the corresponding indication identifier in Table 1, that is, 010, the random access that the terminal sends to the network side. The 3 bit information 010 is used in the request to indicate the network side base station, so that the network side base station can determine the network side optimal transmit beam as BTB2 according to the indication identifier 010.

需要说明的是,具体实施时,根据M的不同,指示标识所占用的比特位也不同,表1中以M=8为例进行说明,应当理解,根据M的不同,终端可以在发送的随机接入请求中加入

Figure PCTCN2017084235-appb-000001
比特信息,用于指示基站网络侧最优发送波束。It should be noted that, in specific implementation, according to different M, the bits occupied by the indication identifier are also different. In Table 1, M=8 is taken as an example for description. It should be understood that, according to different M, the terminal may be transmitting randomly. Join in the access request
Figure PCTCN2017084235-appb-000001
Bit information, used to indicate the optimal transmit beam of the base station network side.

第二种实施方式、根据将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波束标识之间的第二对应关系向网络侧发送随机接入请求。The second embodiment sends a random access request to the network side according to the second correspondence between the first group identifier and the transmit beam identifier corresponding to the random access sequence group obtained by grouping the random access sequence.

在该实施方式下,网络侧可以预先将随机接入序列进行划分得到M组, 并为每一组分配相应的组标识,即一个组标识对应一组随机接入序列,且每一组标识对应一个网络侧发送波束,终端在接收到系统信息后,根据确定出的网络侧最优波束,从网络侧最优波束对应的一组随机接入序列中选择随机接入序列携带在随机接入请求中发送给网络侧,网络侧根据终端选择的随机接入序列可以确定其所属的随机序列组,进一步的根据其所属的随机序列组的第一组标识确定网络侧最优发送波束。In this implementation manner, the network side may pre-divide the random access sequence into the M group. And assigning a corresponding group identifier to each group, that is, one group identifier corresponds to a group of random access sequences, and each group identifier corresponds to one network side transmitting beam, and after receiving the system information, the terminal is determined according to the determined network side. The optimal beam is selected from a set of random access sequences corresponding to the optimal beam on the network side and is sent to the network side in a random access request, and the network side can determine the belongs according to the random access sequence selected by the terminal. The random sequence group further determines the network side optimal transmit beam according to the first group identifier of the random sequence group to which it belongs.

具体实施时,每一随机接入序列组内包含的随机接入序列可以为连续的,可以为不连续的。In a specific implementation, the random access sequence included in each random access sequence group may be continuous and may be discontinuous.

如表2所示,其为随机接入序列组包含的随机序列序列号连续时,组标识与波束标识之间的第一种对应关系示意:As shown in Table 2, when the sequence number of the random sequence included in the random access sequence group is continuous, the first correspondence between the group identifier and the beam identifier is indicated:

表2Table 2

组标识Group identification 包含的随机接入序列号Random access sequence number included 网络侧发送波束标识Network side transmit beam identification G1G1 SN1-SN5SN1-SN5 eNBT0eNBT0 G2G2 SN6-SN7SN6-SN7 eNBT1eNBT1 G3G3 SN8-SN9SN8-SN9 eNBT2eNBT2 G4G4 SN10-SN12SN10-SN12 eNBT3eNBT3 ……...... ……...... ……......

如果各接入序列组内包含的随机接入序列连续,则网络侧和终端侧可以预先约定每一随机接入序列组包含的随机接入序列的数量,由此,在第二对应关系中只需要指示每一组起始的随机接入序列号,例如,网络侧和终端侧约定每一随机接入序列组包含3个随机接入序列,则如表3所示,其为随机接入序列组包含的随机序列序列号连续时,组标识与波束标识之间的第二种对应关系示意:If the random access sequences included in each access sequence group are consecutive, the network side and the terminal side may pre-agreed the number of random access sequences included in each random access sequence group, and thus, in the second correspondence relationship only It is required to indicate the starting random access sequence number of each group. For example, the network side and the terminal side stipulate that each random access sequence group includes three random access sequences, as shown in Table 3, which is a random access sequence. When the sequence number of the random sequence included in the group is continuous, the second correspondence between the group identifier and the beam identifier is indicated:

表3table 3

组标识Group identification 起始随机接入序列号Initial random access sequence number 网络侧发送波束标识Network side transmit beam identification G1G1 SN1SN1 eNBT0eNBT0 G2G2 SN4SN4 eNBT1eNBT1 G3G3 SN7SN7 eNBT2eNBT2 G4G4 SN10SN10 eNBT3eNBT3 ……...... ……...... ……......

或者,如果各接入序列组内包含的随机接入序列连续,则网络侧和终端侧还可以约定仅在第二对应关系中只指示每一组起始的随机接入序列号,根据下一组起始的随机接入序列号确定上一组终止的随机接入序列号,如表4所示,其为随机接入序列组包含的随机序列序列号连续时,组标识与波束标识之间的第二种对应关系示意:Alternatively, if the random access sequences included in each access sequence group are consecutive, the network side and the terminal side may also stipulate that only the starting random access sequence number of each group is indicated in the second correspondence, according to the next The start random access sequence number of the group determines the random access sequence number of the last group, as shown in Table 4, when the random sequence sequence number included in the random access sequence group is continuous, between the group identifier and the beam identifier The second correspondence is shown:

表4Table 4

组标识Group identification 起始随机接入序列号Initial random access sequence number 网络侧发送波束标识Network side transmit beam identification G1G1 SN1SN1 eNBT0eNBT0 G2G2 SN6SN6 eNBT1eNBT1 G3G3 SN8SN8 eNBT2eNBT2 G4G4 SN10SN10 eNBT3eNBT3 ……...... ……...... ……......

根据表4可知,由于G2的起始随机接入序列号为SN6,则可以确定组标识G1包含的随机接入序列号可以为SN1-SN5,同样,由于G3的起始随机接入序列号为SN8,则可以确定组标识G2包含的随机接入序列号可以为SN6-SN7,以此类推。According to Table 4, since the initial random access sequence number of G2 is SN6, it can be determined that the random access sequence number included in the group identifier G1 can be SN1-SN5, and likewise, since the starting random access sequence number of G3 is SN8, it can be determined that the random access sequence number included in the group identifier G2 can be SN6-SN7, and so on.

应当理解,具体实施时,在第二对应关系中也可以使用终止随机接入序列号进行指示,根据上一组的终止随机接入序列号确定相邻的下一组的起始随机接入序列号等,本发明实施例对此不进行限定。It should be understood that, in a specific implementation, the termination random access sequence number may also be used in the second correspondence, and the initial random access sequence of the next group is determined according to the termination random access sequence number of the previous group. The embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.

如表5所示,其为随机接入序列组包含的随机序列序列号不连续时,组标识与波束标识之间的对应关系示意:As shown in Table 5, when the sequence number of the random sequence included in the random access sequence group is discontinuous, the correspondence between the group identifier and the beam identifier is indicated as follows:

表5table 5

组标识Group identification 包含的随机接入序列号Random access sequence number included 网络侧发送波束标识Network side transmit beam identification G1G1 SN1、SN3、SN5SN1, SN3, SN5 eNBT0eNBT0 G2G2 SN2、SN4SN2, SN4 eNBT1eNBT1 G3G3 SN6、SN8SN6, SN8 eNBT2eNBT2 G4G4 SN7SN7 eNBT3eNBT3 ……...... ……...... ……......

基于此,第二种实施方式中,UE可以按照以下方式向网络侧发送随机 接入请求:根据第二对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的第一组标识;向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有从所述第一组标识对应的随机接入序列组中选择任一随机接入序列。Based on this, in the second implementation manner, the UE may send a random to the network side in the following manner. An access request: determining, according to the second correspondence, a first group of identifiers corresponding to beam identifiers of the optimal transmit beams of the network side; sending a random access request to the network side, where the random access request carries the The first group of identifiers selects any random access sequence selected in the random access sequence group.

第三种实施方式、根据将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系向网络侧发送随机接入请求。The third embodiment sends a random connection to the network side according to the third correspondence between the second group identifier and the transmission beam identifier corresponding to the time-frequency resource group obtained by grouping the time-frequency resources available for the UE to send the random access request. Into the request.

在该实施方式下,网络侧可以预先将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源划分为M组,并为每一组分配相应的组标识,即一个组标识对应一组可用的接入时频资源,且每一组标识对应一个网络侧发送波束标识,终端在接收到系统信息后,根据确定出的网络侧最优波束,在第三对应关系中查找网络侧最优波束标识对应的时频资源组的第二组标识,并在查找到的第二组标识对应的时频资源上向网络侧发送随机接入请求,网络侧在接收到随机接入请求之后,根据UE发送随机接入请求所使用时频资源组的组标识查找其对应的网络侧发送波束标识,确定查找到的网络侧发送波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。In this implementation manner, the network side may divide the time-frequency resources that the UE sends the random access request into the M group in advance, and assign a corresponding group identifier to each group, that is, one group identifier corresponds to a set of available access times. a frequency resource, and each group identifier corresponds to one network side transmission beam identifier, and after receiving the system information, the terminal searches for the optimal beam identifier corresponding to the network side in the third correspondence relationship according to the determined network side optimal beam. The second group of the frequency resource group sends a random access request to the network side on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second group identifier, and the network side sends the random access according to the UE after receiving the random access request. The group identifier of the time-frequency resource group used by the request is searched for the corresponding network-side transmit beam identifier, and the corresponding transmit beam corresponding to the network-side transmit beam identifier is determined to be the network-side optimal transmit beam.

UE在接收到网络侧发送的系统信息后,还可以根据终端侧接收系统信息的接收波束信噪比确定信噪比最高的终端侧接收波束为终端侧最优接收波束,假设为UERi,i为不大于N的自然数。After receiving the system information sent by the network side, the UE may further determine the terminal-side receiving beam with the highest signal-to-noise ratio as the terminal-side optimal receiving beam according to the receiving beam signal-to-noise ratio of the receiving system information of the terminal side, and assume that it is UER i , i Is a natural number not greater than N.

具体实施时,终端侧实施的随机接入方法,还可以包括以下步骤:接收网络侧发送的随机接入响应。较佳的,UE可以在确定出的终端侧最优接收波束(本例中即为UERi)的波束方向上接收网络侧发送的随机接入响应。In a specific implementation, the random access method implemented by the terminal side may further include the following steps: receiving a random access response sent by the network side. Preferably, the UE may receive the random access response sent by the network side in the determined beam direction of the terminal-side optimal receiving beam (in this example, UER i ).

在一实施例中,具体实施时,随机接入响应中可以携带有网络侧确定出的终端侧最优发送波束指示信息,假设UE根据随机接入响应中携带的终端侧最优发送波束指示信息确定终端侧最优发送波束为UETr(r为不大于M’的自然数)。In an embodiment, the random access response may carry the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information determined by the network side, and assume that the UE according to the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information carried in the random access response It is determined that the optimal transmit beam on the terminal side is UET r (r is a natural number not greater than M′).

至此,UE获得了终端侧最优发送波束UETr和终端侧最优接收波束UERiSo far, the UE obtains the terminal side optimal transmit beam UET r and the terminal side optimal receive beam UER i .

后续UE可以使用终端侧最优发送波束对应的波束方向向网络侧发送上行信息,并在终端侧最优接收波束对应的波束方向上接收网络侧发送的下行信息。The subsequent UE may send the uplink information to the network side by using the beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the terminal side, and receive the downlink information sent by the network side in the beam direction corresponding to the optimal receive beam of the terminal side.

如图8所示,其为网络侧实施本发明实施例提供的随机接入方法的实施流程示意图,可以包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 8 , it is a schematic flowchart of implementing a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present invention on a network side, which may include the following steps:

S81、利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息。S81. Send system information to the UE by using different transmit beams in M directions.

步骤81的具体实施过程与上述步骤S71类似,因此,步骤S81的实施可以参照上述步骤S71,这里不再赘述。The specific implementation process of the step 81 is similar to the above step S71. Therefore, the implementation of step S81 can refer to the above step S71, and details are not described herein again.

所述系统信息中携带有以下至少一项信息用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息:发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系;将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波 束标识之间的第二对应关系;将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系。终端可以根据系统信息中携带的信息向UE发送随机接入请求,以通知网络侧最优发送波束。The system information carries at least one of the following information for determining the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side: a first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; and randomizing the random access sequence The first group of identifiers and transmission waves corresponding to the access sequence group A second correspondence between the bundle identifiers and a third correspondence between the second group identifiers corresponding to the time-frequency resource groups obtained by grouping the time-frequency resources available for the UE to obtain the random access request and the transmit beam identifiers. The terminal may send a random access request to the UE according to the information carried in the system information to notify the network side of the optimal transmit beam.

其中,网络侧与UE预先约定UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型;或者网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型。针对每一种对应关系,如果该对应关系中包含至少两种对应方式,则所述网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应方式。发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为连续的;或者发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为非连续的;各时频资源组之间的关系为时分的和/或频分的。The network side and the UE pre-approve the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side; or the network side uses the signaling to indicate the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side. For each corresponding relationship, if the corresponding relationship includes at least two corresponding manners, the network side indicates, by using signaling, a corresponding manner for the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side. The time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; The relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division.

第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源位置与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系;或者所述第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源起始位置、资源模式与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系。发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为连续的;或者发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为非连续的;各时频资源组之间的关系为时分的和/或频分的。具体地,可以参照图1b所示。The third correspondence includes a correspondence between a time-frequency resource location included in each time-frequency resource group and a beam identifier of the transmission beam; or the third correspondence includes a start time of the time-frequency resource included in each time-frequency resource group, Correspondence between the resource mode and the beam identification of the transmit beam. The time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; The relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division. Specifically, it can be referred to FIG. 1b.

S82、接收UE在接收到系统信息之后发送的随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。S82. Receive a random access request that is sent by the UE after receiving the system information, where the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information.

步骤S82中,基站根据接收到的随机接入请求中携带的网络侧最优发送波束指示信息可以确定网络侧最优发送波束,本例中即为eNBTjIn step S82, the base station can determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side according to the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information carried in the received random access request, which is eNBT j in this example.

具体实施时,基站根据随机接入请求中携带的网络侧最优波束指示信息确定网络侧最优发送波束。In a specific implementation, the base station determines the optimal transmit beam on the network side according to the network side optimal beam indication information carried in the random access request.

其中,如果网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE在所述第一对应关系中查找的、其确定出的网络侧最优波束的波束标识对应的指示标识;则网络侧可以按照以下方法确定网络侧最优发送波束:If the network side optimal transmit beam indication information is an indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the network side optimal beam that is determined by the UE in the first correspondence relationship, the network side may follow the following method. Determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side:

根据网络侧最优波束的波束标识对应的指示标识,从所述第一对应关系中查找相应的波束标识;And searching, according to the indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the optimal beam of the network side, the corresponding beam identifier from the first correspondence relationship;

确定查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。The transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined to be an optimal transmit beam on the network side.

如果网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE根据第二对应关系选择的任一随机接入序列;则网络侧可以按照以下方法确定网络侧最优发送波束:If the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information is any random access sequence selected by the UE according to the second correspondence, the network side may determine the network-side optimal transmit beam according to the following method:

根据所述UE选择的任一随机接入序列,从所述第二对应关系中查找该随机接入序列所属随机接入序列组的组标识对应的波束标识;And searching, according to the random access sequence selected by the UE, a beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the random access sequence group to which the random access sequence belongs according to the second correspondence relationship;

确定查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。The transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined to be an optimal transmit beam on the network side.

如果网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE根据第三对应关系选择的发送所述随机接入请求使用的时频资源;则网络侧可以按照以下方法确定网络侧最优发送波束: If the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information is the time-frequency resource used by the UE to send the random access request according to the third correspondence, the network side may determine the network-side optimal transmit beam according to the following method:

根据所述UE发送随机接入请求所使用的时频资源,从所述第三对应关系中查找该时频资源所属时频资源组的组标识对应的波束标识;And searching, according to the time-frequency resource used by the UE to send the random access request, the beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group to which the time-frequency resource belongs according to the third correspondence;

确定查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。The transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined to be an optimal transmit beam on the network side.

以网络侧接收波束为eNBR1,eNBR2…eNBRN’为例,根据网络侧接收波束的信噪比,基站端可以确定信噪比最高的网络侧接收波束为最优网络侧接收波束,假设为eNBRk(k为不大于N’的自然数),同样,基站可以确定与该最优网络侧接收波束方向匹配的终端侧发送波束为终端侧最优发送波束,假设终端侧最优发送波束为UETr。Taking the network side receiving beam as eNBR1, eNBR2...eNBRN' as an example, according to the signal to noise ratio of the receiving beam on the network side, the base station side can determine that the network side receiving beam with the highest signal to noise ratio is the optimal network side receiving beam, which is assumed to be eNBRk ( If the k is a natural number that is not greater than N', the base station may determine that the terminal side transmit beam that matches the optimal network side receive beam direction is the terminal side optimal transmit beam, and assume that the terminal side optimal transmit beam is the UETr.

至此,网络侧可以确定网络侧最优发送波束为eNBTj,网络侧最优接收波束为eNBRk。So far, the network side can determine that the optimal transmit beam on the network side is eNBT j and the optimal receive beam on the network side is eNBRk.

后续网络侧可以在网络侧最优发送波束对应的波束方向上向UE发送下行信息,以及在网络侧最优接收波束对应的波束方向上接收UE发送的上行信息。The subsequent network side may send downlink information to the UE in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the network side, and receive uplink information sent by the UE in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal receive beam of the network side.

基站在接收到UE发送的随机接入请求后,对该请求进行响应,向UE发送随机接入响应,同样地,基站需要在该随机接入响应中携带基站确定出终端侧最优发送波束UETr的指示信息。在一实施例中,基站可以根据获得的网络侧最优发送波束对应的波束方向向UE发送随机接入响应。After receiving the random access request sent by the UE, the base station responds to the request and sends a random access response to the UE. Similarly, the base station needs to carry the base station to determine the terminal-side optimal transmit beam UETr in the random access response. Instructions. In an embodiment, the base station may send a random access response to the UE according to the obtained beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the network side.

基于此,网络侧实施的随机接入方法还可以包括以下步骤:根据网络侧最优发送波束指示信息使用最优发送波束对应的波束方向向UE发送随机接入响应,随机接入响应中携带有终端侧最优发送波束指示信息。Based on this, the random access method implemented by the network side may further include: sending a random access response to the UE according to the beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam according to the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side, where the random access response carries The terminal side optimally transmits beam indication information.

具体实施时,基站可以在发送的随机接入响应中加入

Figure PCTCN2017084235-appb-000002
比特信息,用于指示UE终端侧最优发送波束。具体地,基站可以根据终端侧发送波束,建立每一终端侧发送波束的波束标识与指示标识之间的对应关系,根据确定出的终端侧最优发送波束对应的波束标识确定其对应的指示标识,并在随机接入响应中携带该指示标识,其具体实施方式可以参见上述步骤S73的第一种实施方式,当然,基站应当将建立的每一终端侧发送波束的波束标识与指示标识之间的对应关系通知UE,以便UE根据随机接入响应中携带的指示标识确定终端侧最优发送波束。In a specific implementation, the base station may join in the sent random access response.
Figure PCTCN2017084235-appb-000002
The bit information is used to indicate the optimal transmit beam of the UE terminal side. Specifically, the base station may establish a correspondence between the beam identifier of each of the terminal side transmit beams and the indication identifier according to the transmit beam of the terminal side, and determine the corresponding indication identifier according to the determined beam identifier corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the terminal side. And carrying the indication identifier in the random access response. For the specific implementation manner, refer to the first implementation manner of the foregoing step S73. Of course, the base station should establish the established beam identifier of each terminal side transmission beam and the indication identifier. The UE is notified of the corresponding relationship, so that the UE determines the optimal transmit beam of the terminal side according to the indication identifier carried in the random access response.

根据本发明实施例,通过在系统信息中增加部分用于终端上报波束信息的指示信息,以及在随机接入请求/随机接入响应中带入所选择的最优基站端/终端的发送波束信息,可以降低随机接入过程中的扫波束过程,从而简化基于波束赋形方式的接入流程、降低资源开销和接入时延。According to the embodiment of the present invention, by adding part of the indication information for the terminal reporting beam information in the system information, and introducing the selected optimal base station/terminal transmission beam information in the random access request/random access response, The sweeping process in the random access process can be reduced, thereby simplifying the access process based on the beamforming method, reducing resource overhead and access delay.

为了更好的理解本发明实施例,以下结合UE与网络侧及基站之间的信息流程对本发明实施例的实施过程进行详细说明。如图9所示,可以包括以下步骤:For a better understanding of the embodiments of the present invention, the implementation process of the embodiments of the present invention is described in detail below in conjunction with the information flow between the UE and the network side and the base station. As shown in FIG. 9, the following steps may be included:

S91、网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息。S91. The network side sends system information to the UE by using different transmit beams in M directions.

具体实施时,网络侧形成M个方向不同的发送波束以扫波束方式发送系统信息。在向UE发送的系统信息中可以包含以下至少一项信息:发送波 束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系;将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波束标识之间的第二对应关系;将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系。In a specific implementation, the network side forms M transmit beams with different directions to transmit system information in a sweeping manner. At least one of the following information may be included in the system information sent to the UE: the transmitting wave a first correspondence between the bundle identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; a second correspondence between the first group identifier corresponding to the random access sequence group obtained by grouping the random access sequence and the transmit beam identifier; sending the UE And a third correspondence between the second group identifier corresponding to the time-frequency resource group and the transmission beam identifier obtained by the time-frequency resource that is obtained by the random access request.

S92、UE形成N个接收波束接收网络侧发送的系统信息。S92. The UE forms N receiving beams to receive system information sent by the network side.

本步骤中,UE通过扫波束方式接收系统信息。In this step, the UE receives system information by means of a sweep beam.

S93、UE确定终端侧最优接收波束和网络侧最优发送波束。S93. The UE determines an optimal receive beam on the terminal side and an optimal transmit beam on the network side.

本步骤中UE可以根据接收波束的信噪比确定终端侧最优接收波束,并将与该终端侧最优接收波束的波束方向向匹配的发送波束确定为网络侧最优发送波束。In this step, the UE may determine the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side according to the signal to noise ratio of the receiving beam, and determine the transmitting beam that matches the beam direction of the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side as the network side optimal transmitting beam.

S94、UE向网络侧发送随机接入请求。S94. The UE sends a random access request to the network side.

本步骤中,UE在向网络侧发送的随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。In this step, the UE carries the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information in the random access request sent to the network side.

具体实施时,UE可以根据系统信息中携带的以下至少一项信息确定随机接入请求中携带的网络侧最优发送波束指示信息:发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系;将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波束标识之间的第二对应关系;将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系。In a specific implementation, the UE may determine, according to at least one of the following information carried in the system information, the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information carried in the random access request: the first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; a second correspondence between the first group identifier and the transmit beam identifier corresponding to the random access sequence group obtained by grouping the random access sequence; and a time frequency obtained by grouping the time-frequency resources available for the UE to send the random access request The third correspondence between the second group identifier corresponding to the resource group and the sending beam identifier.

例如,针对第一对应关系,UE可以根据所述第一对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的指示标识;以及将确定出的网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的指示标识作为所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。针对第二关系,UE可以根据所述第二对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的第一组标识;向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有从所述第一组标识对应的随机接入序列组中选择任一随机接入序列。或者UE可以根据根据所述第三对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的第二组标识;在所述第二组标识对应的时频资源上向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求。For example, for the first correspondence, the UE may determine, according to the first correspondence, an indication identifier corresponding to a beam identifier of an optimal transmit beam of the network side, and an indication corresponding to the determined beam identifier of the network-side optimal transmit beam. The identifier is used as the network side optimal transmit beam indication information. For the second relationship, the UE may determine, according to the second correspondence, a first group identifier corresponding to a beam identifier of an optimal transmit beam of the network side, and send a random access request to the network side, where the random access request is used. And carrying any random access sequence selected from the group of random access sequences corresponding to the first group of identifiers. Or the UE may determine, according to the third correspondence, a second group of identifiers corresponding to the beam identifiers of the network-side optimal transmit beams, and send the random interfaces to the network side on the time-frequency resources corresponding to the second group of identifiers. Into the request.

S95、网络侧接收随机接入请求。S95. The network side receives a random access request.

本步骤中,网络侧仍需形成多个波束在UE发送随机接入请求可用的所有时频资源通过扫波束方式接收随机接入请求。In this step, the network side still needs to form multiple beams to receive random access requests in the sweep beam mode for all time-frequency resources available to the UE to send random access requests.

S96、网络侧确定网络侧最优发送波束、网络侧最优接收波束和终端侧最优发送波束。S96: The network side determines an optimal transmit beam on the network side, an optimal receive beam on the network side, and an optimal transmit beam on the terminal side.

本步骤中,网络侧根据接收到随机接入请求中携带的网络侧最优发送波束指示信息确定网络侧最优发送波束,以及网络侧根据网络侧接收随机接入请求的接收波束的信噪比确定信噪比最高的网络侧接收波束为最优网络侧接收波束,并确定与最优网络侧接收波束的波束方向相匹配的终端侧发送波束为终端侧最优发送波束。 In this step, the network side determines the optimal transmit beam on the network side according to the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information carried in the received random access request, and the signal-to-noise ratio of the receive beam received by the network side according to the network side receiving the random access request. The network side receiving beam with the highest signal to noise ratio is determined as the optimal network side receiving beam, and the terminal side transmitting beam that matches the beam direction of the optimal network side receiving beam is determined to be the terminal side optimal transmitting beam.

具体地,如果网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE在所述第一对应关系中查找的、其确定出的网络侧最优波束的波束标识对应的指示标识;则网络侧可以按照以下方法确定网络侧最优发送波束:根据网络侧最优波束的波束标识对应的指示标识,从所述第一对应关系中查找相应的波束标识;确定查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。Specifically, if the network side optimal transmit beam indication information is an indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the network side optimal beam that is determined by the UE in the first correspondence relationship, the network side may follow the following The method determines the optimal transmit beam on the network side: according to the indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the optimal beam on the network side, the corresponding beam identifier is searched from the first correspondence relationship; and the transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined as the network side. Optimal transmit beam.

如果网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE根据第二对应关系选择的任一随机接入序列;则网络侧可以按照以下方法确定网络侧最优发送波束:根据所述UE选择的任一随机接入序列,从所述第二对应关系中查找该随机接入序列所属随机接入序列组的组标识对应的波束标识;确定查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。If the network side optimal transmit beam indication information is any random access sequence selected by the UE according to the second correspondence, the network side may determine the network side optimal transmit beam according to the following method: any one selected according to the UE The random access sequence is used to search for the beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the random access sequence group to which the random access sequence belongs, and determine the transmit beam corresponding to the discovered beam identifier as the network side optimal transmit beam. .

如果网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE根据第三对应关系选择的发送所述随机接入请求使用的时频资源;则网络侧可以按照以下方法确定网络侧最优发送波束:根据所述UE发送随机接入请求所使用的时频资源,从所述第三对应关系中查找该时频资源所属时频资源组的组标识对应的波束标识;确定查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。If the optimal transmit beam indication information on the network side is the time-frequency resource used by the UE to send the random access request according to the third correspondence, the network side may determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side according to the following method: The time-frequency resource used by the UE to send the random access request, the beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group to which the time-frequency resource belongs is searched from the third correspondence, and the transmit beam corresponding to the searched beam identifier is determined. Optimal beam transmission for the network side.

S97、网络侧向UE发送随机接入响应。S97. The network side sends a random access response to the UE.

本步骤中,由于步骤S96中获得了网络侧最优发送波束,则网络侧可以在网络侧最优发送波束对应的波束方向上向UE发送随机接入响应,并在向UE发送的随机接入响应中携带有终端侧最优发送波束指示信息。In this step, since the network-side optimal transmit beam is obtained in step S96, the network side may send a random access response to the UE in the beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the network side, and send the random access to the UE. The response carries the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information.

S98、UE接收随机接入响应。S98. The UE receives a random access response.

由于在步骤S93中获得了终端侧最优接收波束,则本步骤中UE可以在终端侧最优接收波束对应的波束方向上接收基站发送的随机接入响应,并根据其中携带的终端侧最优发送波束指示信息确定终端侧最优发送波束。In this step, the UE can receive the random access response sent by the base station in the beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side, and obtain the terminal side optimally carried in the terminal side. The transmit beam indication information determines the terminal-side optimal transmit beam.

S99、UE在终端侧最优发送波束对应的波束方向上向网络侧发送上行信息。S99: The UE sends uplink information to the network side in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam of the terminal.

在后续的多次传输中,UE可以根据每一步获得的更准确的信道信息或波束信息,对相应的波束方向进行调整使其更加精确,以达到更好的传输性能。相应地,网络侧在网络侧最优接收波束对应的波束方向上接收UE发送的上行信息。当然,网络侧也可以进一步调整波束方向使其更加精确。In the subsequent multiple transmissions, the UE can adjust the corresponding beam direction to make it more accurate according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained in each step, so as to achieve better transmission performance. Correspondingly, the network side receives the uplink information sent by the UE in the beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam of the network side. Of course, the network side can further adjust the beam direction to make it more accurate.

S910、网络侧在网络侧最优发送波束对应的波束方向上向UE发送下行信息。S910: The network side sends downlink information to the UE in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam on the network side.

在后续的多次传输中,网络侧可以根据每一步获得的更准确的信道信息或波束信息,对相应的波束方向进行调整使其更加精确,以达到更好的传输性能。In the subsequent multiple transmissions, the network side can adjust the corresponding beam direction to make it more accurate according to more accurate channel information or beam information obtained in each step, so as to achieve better transmission performance.

相应地,UE在终端侧最优接收波束对应的波束方向上接收网络侧发送的下行信息。当然,UE也可以进一步调整波束方向使其更加精确。Correspondingly, the UE receives downlink information sent by the network side in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side. Of course, the UE can further adjust the beam direction to make it more accurate.

基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中还提供了一种终端侧和网络侧分 别实施的随机接入装置、相关设备和系统,由于上述装置、设备和系统解决问题的原理分别与上述终端侧和网络侧实施的随机接入方法相似,因此上述装置、设备和系统的实施可以参见方法的实施,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the terminal side and the network side are further provided in the embodiment of the present invention. Random access devices, related devices and systems that are not implemented, since the principles of solving the above-mentioned devices, devices, and systems are similar to the random access methods implemented on the terminal side and the network side, respectively, the implementation of the devices, devices, and systems described above may be implemented. See the implementation of the method, and the repetition will not be repeated.

如图10所示,其为本发明实施例提供的终端侧实施的随机接入装置的结构示意图,包括:FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device implemented on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present invention, including:

第二接收单元101,配置为利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息,其中,N和M为自然数;The second receiving unit 101 is configured to receive system information that is sent by the network side using different transmit directions of M directions, where N and M are natural numbers;

第二确定单元102,配置为确定网络侧最优发送波束;The second determining unit 102 is configured to determine an optimal transmit beam on the network side;

第二发送单元103,配置为向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。The second sending unit 103 is configured to send a random access request to the network side, where the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information.

其中,所述系统信息中携带有以下至少一项信息用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息:发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系;将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波束标识之间的第二对应关系;将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系。The system information carries at least one of the following information for determining the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side: a first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; and grouping the random access sequence a second correspondence between the first group of identifiers corresponding to the random access sequence group and the transmit beam identifier; and a second group identifier corresponding to the time-frequency resource group obtained by the UE transmitting the time-frequency resources available for the random access request A third correspondence relationship with the transmit beam identifier.

其中,网络侧与UE预先约定UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型;或者网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型;针对每一种对应关系,如果如果该对应关系中包含至少两种对应方式,则所述网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应方式。The network side and the UE pre-arrange the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side; or the network side indicates, by using the signaling, the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side; For each corresponding relationship, if the corresponding relationship includes at least two corresponding manners, the network side indicates, by using signaling, a corresponding manner for the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side.

第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源位置与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系;或者所述第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源起始位置、资源模式与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系。发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为连续的;或者发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为非连续的;各时频资源组之间的关系为时分的和/或频分的。The third correspondence includes a correspondence between a time-frequency resource location included in each time-frequency resource group and a beam identifier of the transmission beam; or the third correspondence includes a start time of the time-frequency resource included in each time-frequency resource group, Correspondence between the resource mode and the beam identification of the transmit beam. The time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; The relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division.

在一实施例中,所述第二确定单元102,还配置为在所述第二发送单元103向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求之前,根据所述第一对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的指示标识;将确定出的网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的指示标识作为所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。In an embodiment, the second determining unit 102 is further configured to: before the second sending unit 103 sends a random access request to the network side, determine, according to the first correspondence, the network side optimal The indicator identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the transmitting beam is used as the network side optimal transmitting beam indication information.

在一实施例中,所述第二确定单元102,还配置为在所述第二发送单元103向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求之前,根据所述第二对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的第一组标识;In an embodiment, the second determining unit 102 is further configured to: before the second sending unit 103 sends a random access request to the network side, determine, according to the second correspondence, the network side optimal The first group identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the transmitting beam;

所述第二发送单元103,具体配置为向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有从所述第一组标识对应的随机接入序列组中选 择任一随机接入序列。The second sending unit 103 is configured to send a random access request to the network side, where the random access request carries a random access sequence group corresponding to the first group identifier. Choose any random access sequence.

在一实施例中,所述第二确定单元102,还配置为在所述第二发送单元103向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求之前,根据所述第三对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的第二组标识;In an embodiment, the second determining unit 102 is further configured to: before the second sending unit 103 sends a random access request to the network side, determine, according to the third correspondence, the network side optimal a second set of identifiers corresponding to the beam identifiers of the transmit beams;

所述第二发送单元103,还配置为在所述第二组标识对应的时频资源上向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求。The second sending unit 103 is further configured to send a random access request to the network side on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second group identifier.

具体实施时,所述第二确定单元102,还配置为确定终端侧最优接收波束;In a specific implementation, the second determining unit 102 is further configured to determine an optimal receiving beam on the terminal side;

所述第二接收单元101,还配置为在所述终端侧最优接收波束对应的波束方向上接收网络侧发送的下行信息。The second receiving unit 101 is further configured to receive downlink information sent by the network side in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side.

在一实施例中,所述第二接收单元101,还配置为接收网络侧发送的随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应中携带有所述网络侧确定出的终端侧最优发送波束指示信息;In an embodiment, the second receiving unit 101 is further configured to receive a random access response sent by the network side, where the random access response carries the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication determined by the network side. information;

所述第二发送单元103,还配置为根据所述终端侧最优发送波束指示信息,使用最优发送波束对应的波束方向向所述网络侧发送上行信息。The second sending unit 103 is further configured to send uplink information to the network side by using a beam direction corresponding to the optimal transmit beam according to the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information.

为了描述的方便,以上各部分按照功能划分为各模块(或单元)分别描述。当然,在实施本发明时可以把各模块(或单元)的功能在同一个或多个软件或硬件中实现。例如,图10所示的随机接入装置可以设置于终端中。For the convenience of description, the above parts are respectively divided into modules (or units) according to functions. Of course, the functions of the various modules (or units) may be implemented in one or more software or hardware in the practice of the invention. For example, the random access device shown in FIG. 10 can be disposed in the terminal.

实际应用时,第二接收单元101、第二发送单元103可由终端侧实施的随机接入装置中的处理器结合网络接口实现;所述第二确定单元102可由终端侧实施的随机接入装置中的处理器实现。当然,当然终端侧实施的随机接入装置还包括存储器,存储器,所述处理器从存储器中获取指令(可以理解为一种计算机程序),并结合硬件实现其功能。In a practical application, the second receiving unit 101 and the second sending unit 103 may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the terminal side in combination with a network interface; the second determining unit 102 may be implemented in a random access device implemented by the terminal side. Processor implementation. Of course, of course, the random access device implemented on the terminal side further includes a memory, a memory, and the processor acquires an instruction from the memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its function in combination with hardware.

如图11所示,其为本发明实施例提供的网络侧实施的随机接入装置的结构示意图,可以包括:FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device implemented on a network side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, which may include:

第四发送单元111,配置为利用M个方向不同的发送波束向UE发送系统信息,所述M为自然数;The fourth sending unit 111 is configured to send system information to the UE by using different transmit directions of M directions, where the M is a natural number;

所述系统信息中携带有以下至少一项信息用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息:发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系;将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波束标识之间的第二对应关系;将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系。The system information carries at least one of the following information for determining the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side: a first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; and randomizing the random access sequence a second correspondence between the first group of identifiers corresponding to the access sequence group and the transmit beam identifier; and a second group of identifiers corresponding to the time-frequency resource group obtained by the UE transmitting the time-frequency resources available for the random access request The third correspondence between the beam identifiers.

其中,网络侧与UE预先约定UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型;或者网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型。针对每一种对应关系,如果如果该对应关系中包含至少两种对应方式,则所述网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络 侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应方式。The network side and the UE pre-approve the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side; or the network side uses the signaling to indicate the type of the correspondence relationship that the UE uses to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side. For each corresponding relationship, if the corresponding relationship includes at least two corresponding manners, the network side indicates, by signaling, that the UE is used to determine the network. The corresponding mode of the side optimal transmit beam indication information.

第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源位置与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系;或者所述第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源起始位置、资源模式与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系。发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为连续的;或者发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为非连续的;各时频资源组之间的关系为时分的和/或频分的。The third correspondence includes a correspondence between a time-frequency resource location included in each time-frequency resource group and a beam identifier of the transmission beam; or the third correspondence includes a start time of the time-frequency resource included in each time-frequency resource group, Correspondence between the resource mode and the beam identification of the transmit beam. The time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are discontinuous in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; The relationship between frequency resource groups is time division and/or frequency division.

第四接收单元112,配置为接收所述UE在接收到所述系统信息之后发送的随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。The fourth receiving unit 112 is configured to receive a random access request that is sent by the UE after receiving the system information, where the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information.

其中,所述第四发送单元111,还配置为根据所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息使用最优发送波束对应的波束方向向所述UE发送下行信息。在一实施例中,所述第四发送单元111,具体配置为根据所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息使用最优发送波束对应的波束方向向所述UE发送随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应中携带有终端侧最优发送波束指示信息。The fourth sending unit 111 is further configured to send downlink information to the UE according to the beam direction corresponding to the optimal sending beam according to the network side optimal sending beam indication information. In an embodiment, the fourth sending unit 111 is configured to send, according to the network side optimal sending beam indication information, a random access response to the UE by using a beam direction corresponding to the optimal sending beam, the random The access response carries the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information.

如果网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE在所述第一对应关系中查找的、其确定出的网络侧最优波束的波束标识对应的指示标识;则可选地,网络侧实施的随机接入装置,还可以包括:If the network side optimal transmit beam indication information is an indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the network side optimal beam that is determined by the UE in the first correspondence, the network side is optionally implemented. The random access device may further include:

第一查找单元,配置为根据网络侧最优波束的波束标识对应的指示标识,从所述第一对应关系中查找相应的波束标识;The first searching unit is configured to search for a corresponding beam identifier from the first correspondence relationship according to the indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the optimal beam of the network side;

第一波束确定单元,配置为确定所述第一查找单元查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。The first beam determining unit is configured to determine that the transmit beam corresponding to the beam identifier searched by the first search unit is a network side optimal transmit beam.

如果所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE根据第二对应关系选择的任一随机接入序列;网络侧实施的随机接入装置还可以包括:If the network side optimal transmit beam indication information is any random access sequence selected by the UE according to the second correspondence, the random access device implemented by the network side may further include:

第二查找单元,配置为根据所述UE选择的任一随机接入序列,从所述第二对应关系中查找该随机接入序列所属随机接入序列组的组标识对应的波束标识;a second searching unit, configured to search, according to any random access sequence selected by the UE, a beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the random access sequence group to which the random access sequence belongs according to the second corresponding relationship;

第二波束确定单元,配置为确定所述第二查找单元查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。The second beam determining unit is configured to determine that the transmit beam corresponding to the beam identifier searched by the second search unit is a network side optimal transmit beam.

如果所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE根据第三对应关系选择的发送所述随机接入请求使用的时频资源;网络侧实施的随机接入装置还可以包括:If the network side optimal transmit beam indication information is a time-frequency resource that is used by the UE to send the random access request according to the third correspondence, the random access device implemented by the network side may further include:

第三查找单元,配置为根据所述UE发送随机接入请求所使用的时频资源,从所述第三对应关系中查找该时频资源所属时频资源组的组标识对应的波束标识;a third search unit, configured to search for a beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group to which the time-frequency resource belongs according to the time-frequency resource used by the UE to send the random access request;

第三波束确定单元,配置为确定所述第三查找单元查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。The third beam determining unit is configured to determine that the transmit beam corresponding to the beam identifier searched by the third search unit is a network side optimal transmit beam.

在一实施例中,网络侧实施的随机接入装置,还可以包括第四确定单 元,其中:In an embodiment, the random access device implemented on the network side may further include a fourth determining list. Yuan, where:

所述第四确定单元,配置为确定网络侧最优接收波束;The fourth determining unit is configured to determine an optimal receive beam on the network side;

所述第四发送单元111,还配置为在所述网络侧最优接收波束对应的波束方向上接收终端侧发送的上行信息。The fourth sending unit 111 is further configured to receive uplink information sent by the terminal side in a beam direction corresponding to the optimal receiving beam of the network side.

为了描述的方便,以上各部分按照功能划分为各模块(或单元)分别描述。当然,在实施本发明时可以把各模块(或单元)的功能在同一个或多个软件或硬件中实现。例如,图11所示的随机接入装置可以设置于基站中。For the convenience of description, the above parts are respectively divided into modules (or units) according to functions. Of course, the functions of the various modules (or units) may be implemented in one or more software or hardware in the practice of the invention. For example, the random access device shown in FIG. 11 may be disposed in a base station.

实际应用时,第四发送单元111、第四接收单元112可由网络侧实施的随机接入装置中的处理器结合网络接口实现;第一查找单元、第一波束确定单元、第二查找单元、第二波束确定单元、第三查找单元、第三波束确定单元、第四确定单元可由网络侧实施的随机接入装置中的处理器实现。当然网络侧实施的随机接入装置还包括存储器,存储器,所述处理器从存储器中获取指令(可以理解为一种计算机程序),并结合硬件实现其功能。In a practical application, the fourth sending unit 111 and the fourth receiving unit 112 may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the network side in combination with a network interface; a first searching unit, a first beam determining unit, a second searching unit, and a The two beam determining unit, the third searching unit, the third beam determining unit, and the fourth determining unit may be implemented by a processor in a random access device implemented by the network side. Of course, the random access device implemented on the network side further includes a memory, a memory, and the processor acquires an instruction from the memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its function in combination with hardware.

如图12所示,其为本发明实施例提供的随机接入系统的结构示意图,可以包括终端(UE)121和基站122,其中,终端121中设置有图10所示的随机接入装置,基站122中设置有图11所示的随机接入装置。As shown in FIG. 12, it is a schematic structural diagram of a random access system according to an embodiment of the present invention, which may include a terminal (UE) 121 and a base station 122, where the terminal 121 is provided with a random access device as shown in FIG. The base station 122 is provided with the random access device shown in FIG.

第三方面,用波束扫描的方式发送系统信息,需要在多个波束上重复发送相同的系统信息,与现有的LTE系统中基于单波束发送系统信息所需要的资源相比,在N个波束上进行扫描,就需要消耗N倍于现有技术的资源。另一方面,现在通信系统中的系统信息是周期性发送的,扫描波束所消耗的系统传输资源会大大增加系统开销。按需的系统信息发送是一种降低开销的方法,只在终端有需求的时候发送系统信息。In the third aspect, the system information is transmitted by using beam scanning, and the same system information needs to be repeatedly transmitted on multiple beams. Compared with the resources required for transmitting information of the single beam based on the single LTE system, the N beams are used. Scanning on top requires consuming N times the resources of the prior art. On the other hand, system information in the communication system is now sent periodically, and the system transmission resources consumed by the scanning beam greatly increase the system overhead. On-demand system information transmission is a way to reduce overhead and only send system information when the terminal needs it.

在基于多波束传输的通信系统中,基站可以通过扫波束的方式发送同步信号以及一些最基本的系统信息(类似LTE中的MIB),系统信息块1(SIB1),系统信息块2(SIB2)中最基本的系统信息)。对于这个流程,如图13所示,终端首先会在多个波束方向上接收这些信息(步骤121),这些信息外的其他系统信息不进行扫波束发送,只有当终端需要获取进一步其它系统信息时,进行系统信息请求(SIR,SI Request)上报(步骤132),基站收到SIR后,会基于SIR进一步发送后续系统信息,以实现按需发送(133)。In a communication system based on multi-beam transmission, a base station can transmit a synchronization signal and some basic system information (similar to MIB in LTE) by means of a sweep beam, System Information Block 1 (SIB1), System Information Block 2 (SIB2) The most basic system information). For this process, as shown in FIG. 13, the terminal first receives the information in multiple beam directions (step 121), and other system information except the information is not sent by the scan beam, only when the terminal needs to obtain further system information. The system information request (SIR, SI Request) is reported (step 132). After receiving the SIR, the base station further sends subsequent system information based on the SIR to implement the on-demand transmission (133).

从上面的描述中可以看出,为了在基于多波束传输的通信系统中,实现按需发送系统信息,终端需要上报SIR。那么,在系统信息获取阶段,由于终端并没有接入网络,所以无法进行终端特定的请求上报(即通过调度指定/确定终端采用特定的时频资源/码字进行上报),只能采用类似PRACH的方式传输,由于每个用户需要固定的资源,且不能至少两个用户使用相同的资源,所以这样虽然能实现SIR的上报,但也会造成上报资源开销较大。 As can be seen from the above description, in order to implement system information to be transmitted on demand in a communication system based on multi-beam transmission, the terminal needs to report the SIR. Then, in the system information acquisition phase, since the terminal does not access the network, the terminal-specific request reporting cannot be performed (that is, the scheduling is specified/determined by the terminal to use a specific time-frequency resource/codeword for reporting), and only a PRACH-like method can be used. In the mode of transmission, since each user needs a fixed resource, and at least two users cannot use the same resource, although the SIR report can be implemented, the reporting resource overhead is also large.

图13中给出的相关技术中通过扫波束的方式实现按需发送系统信息的流程示意图。实际应用时,当通过扫波束的方式实现随机接入的流程时,也同样存在上报资源开销大的问题。FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of implementing on-demand transmission of system information by means of sweeping a beam in the related art. In actual application, when the process of random access is implemented by means of sweeping the beam, there is also a problem that the reporting resource overhead is large.

因此在节约资源的前提下终端如何上报请求信息,在何种资源上进行上报都是需要解决的问题。Therefore, how to report the request information and how to report the resources on the premise of saving resources is a problem that needs to be solved.

基于此,在本发明的各种实施例中:终端接收基站以基于多波束的方式发送的第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;获取所述基站在基于多波束的方式发送时的第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源;利用确定的上报资源向基站上报所述请求信息;所述请求信息用于请求所述基站发送对应的第三信息;而基站接收终端上报的请求信息;并在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源;根据上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,确定第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;根据所述第二信息,确定发送所述请求信息对应的第三信息所需的发送资源;利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的第三信息。Based on this, in various embodiments of the present invention, the terminal receives the first information that the base station transmits in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information; and the acquiring the base station is based on Second information when transmitting in a multi-beam manner; the second information characterizing optimal transmit beam information when transmitted in a multi-beam based manner; using the second information to determine, in the reserved resource, required to report request information The reporting resource is reported to the base station by using the determined reporting resource; the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information; and the base station receives the request information reported by the terminal; and is reported in the receiving process. And the second information is determined according to the reported resource occupied by the request information; the second information is used to represent the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based method is sent; Determining, by the second information, a sending resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information; using the determined sending resource to the The terminal transmits third information corresponding to the request information.

本实施例提供一种信息传输方法,应用于终端,如图14所示,该方法包括以下步骤:This embodiment provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a terminal. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes the following steps:

S141、接收基站以基于多波束的方式发送的第一信息。S141. Receive first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner.

这里,所述基于多波束的方式可以为波束扫描。Here, the multi-beam based approach may be beam scanning.

所述第一信息可以包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息。The first information may include first system information and/or synchronization information.

其中,第一系统信息可以称为基本系统信息,可以包括:系统带宽、随机接入配置等处于空闲态的终端需要的最基本的系统信息,和/或连接态的终端需要的测量、切换配置等。The first system information may be referred to as basic system information, and may include: system bandwidth, random access configuration, and other basic system information required by the terminal in an idle state, and/or measurement and handover configuration required by the terminal in the connected state. Wait.

所述同步信息是终端接入系统前最先需要接收的信息,用于终端获取系统定时,比基本系统信息还要先接收,没有同步信息,终端无法接收基本系统信息。The synchronization information is information that needs to be received first before the terminal accesses the system, and is used for the terminal to acquire the system timing, and is received first than the basic system information. Without the synchronization information, the terminal cannot receive the basic system information.

S142、获取所述基站在基于多波束的方式发送时的第二信息。S142. Acquire second information when the base station sends in a multi-beam based manner.

这里,所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息。Here, the second information characterizes optimal transmit beam information when transmitted in a multi-beam based manner.

实际应用时,所述第二信息包括以下信息至少一种:In actual application, the second information includes at least one of the following information:

波束ID;Beam ID

第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一时序关系;a first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted;

第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一频率资源关系。The first frequency resource relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted.

如图13所示,在步骤131完成时,所述终端可以获取所述第二信息。As shown in FIG. 13, when the step 131 is completed, the terminal may acquire the second information.

其中,由于基站基于多波束的方式进行同步信号/基本系统信息发送时,这些信号发送的位置是固定的。Wherein, since the base station transmits the synchronization signal/basic system information based on the multi-beam mode, the positions of these signal transmissions are fixed.

基于此,第一种实现方式是终端获得最优发射波束的ID,具体包括: Based on this, the first implementation manner is that the terminal obtains the ID of the optimal transmit beam, which specifically includes:

对在至少两个波束上接收的信号进行解调,得到每个波束ID;Demodulating signals received on at least two beams to obtain each beam ID;

比较各波束的接收信号质量,得到接收信号质量最好的波束;Comparing the received signal quality of each beam to obtain a beam with the best received signal quality;

将接收信号质量最好的波束作为最优发射波束;并将所述接收信号质量最好的波束ID作为所述第二信息。The beam with the best received signal quality is taken as the optimal transmit beam; and the beam ID with the best received signal quality is used as the second information.

换句话说,如图15a和15c所示,终端在多个波束上进行尝试接收,正确解调出信号后,终端即可得到每个波束信息,即波束ID。通过比较各个波束的接收信号质量,终端可以判断出最优发射波束的波束ID,例如最优发射波束ID为波束3。In other words, as shown in Figures 15a and 15c, the terminal attempts to receive on multiple beams, and after correctly demodulating the signal, the terminal can obtain each beam information, that is, the beam ID. By comparing the received signal quality of each beam, the terminal can determine the beam ID of the optimal transmit beam, for example, the optimal transmit beam ID is beam 3.

第二种实现方式是终端获得最优发射波束对应的第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一时序关系,具体包括:The second implementation manner is that the terminal obtains the first timing relationship between the at least two transmissions when the first information transmission corresponding to the optimal transmission beam is obtained, which specifically includes:

对在至少两个时域资源上接收的信号进行解调,得到每个时域资源上的接收信号质量;Demodulating signals received on at least two time domain resources to obtain received signal quality on each time domain resource;

比较各时域资源上的接收信号质量,得到接收信号质量最好的接收时序;Comparing the received signal quality on each time domain resource to obtain the best receiving timing of the received signal quality;

将接收信号质量最好的接收时序作为最优发射波束的第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一时序关系;并将接收信号质量最好的接收时序作为所述第二信息。The receiving timing with the best received signal quality is used as the first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information of the optimal transmitting beam is transmitted; and the receiving timing with the best received signal quality is taken as the second information.

如图15b所示,终端在多个时域资源上尝试接收信号,正确解调出信号后,终端比较这几个时域资源上的接收信号质量,终端即可判断出最好接收信号的接收时序,例如第二个同步序列时序/基本系统信息时序。As shown in FIG. 15b, the terminal attempts to receive signals on multiple time domain resources. After correctly demodulating the signal, the terminal compares the received signal quality on the time domain resources, and the terminal can determine the reception of the best received signal. Timing, such as the second synchronization sequence timing/basic system information timing.

第三种实现方式是终端获得最优发射波束对应的时序关系及频率资源,具体包括:The third implementation manner is that the terminal obtains the timing relationship and the frequency resource corresponding to the optimal transmit beam, and specifically includes:

对至少两个时、频域资源上接收的信号进行解调,得到每个时、频域资源上的接收信号质量;Demodulating signals received on at least two time and frequency domain resources to obtain received signal quality on each time and frequency domain resource;

比较各时、频域资源上的接收信号质量,得到接收信号质量最好的接收时序和频率位置;Comparing the received signal quality on each time and frequency domain resources, and obtaining the receiving timing and frequency position with the best received signal quality;

将接收信号质量最好的接收时序作为所述第一时序关系;将接收信号质量最好的频率位置作为所述第一频率资源关系,并将接收信号质量最好的接收时序和频率位置作为所述第二信息。Taking the reception timing with the best received signal quality as the first timing relationship; taking the best frequency position of the received signal as the first frequency resource relationship, and taking the reception timing and frequency position with the best received signal quality as The second information is described.

如图15d所示,终端在多个时、频域资源上分别尝试接收信号,正确解调出信号后,终端比较这几个时、频资源上的接收信号质量,终端即可判断出最好接收信号的接收时序和频率位置,例如第二个同步序列时序/基本系统信息时序上的第一段频率位置。As shown in FIG. 15d, the terminal attempts to receive signals on multiple time and frequency domain resources respectively, and after correctly demodulating the signal, the terminal compares the received signal quality on the time and frequency resources, and the terminal can determine the best. The reception timing and frequency position of the received signal, such as the first frequency sequence position on the second synchronization sequence timing/base system information timing.

其中,实际应用时,所述接收信号质量具体可以通过接收信号强度或信噪比等来体现。Wherein, in actual application, the quality of the received signal may be embodied by a received signal strength or a signal to noise ratio.

S143、利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源。S143. Determine, by using the second information, a reporting resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource.

终端得到最优发射波束信息后,即可认为在后续按需系统信息和/或随 机接入响应的发送过程中,期望在这一最优发射波束上进行接收。因此终端需要将这一信息进行上报,使得基站能够获得以下两个信息:After the terminal obtains the optimal transmit beam information, it can be considered as subsequent on-demand system information and/or During the transmission of the machine access response, it is desirable to receive on this optimal transmit beam. Therefore, the terminal needs to report this information, so that the base station can obtain the following two information:

1、终端正在请求信息;1. The terminal is requesting information;

2.、终端上报了最优发射波束信息,即在某一最优发射波束ID和/或特定时序关系和/或特定频率资源上接收按需系统信息和/或随机接入响应。2. The terminal reports the optimal transmit beam information, that is, receives the on-demand system information and/or the random access response on an optimal transmit beam ID and/or a specific timing relationship and/or a specific frequency resource.

另外,由于终端还未接入通信系统,基站无法调度终端在特定资源上进行传输。因此为了上报上述信息,终端可以在事先预留的资源上进行上报。In addition, since the terminal has not yet accessed the communication system, the base station cannot schedule the terminal to transmit on a specific resource. Therefore, in order to report the above information, the terminal can report on the reserved resources.

基于此,具体地,依据所述第二信息中最优发射波束ID,从所述预留资源中选择与所述ID对应的资源块作为所述上报资源;其中,Based on this, in particular, the resource block corresponding to the ID is selected from the reserved resources as the reported resource according to the optimal transmit beam ID in the second information;

所述上报所述请求信息对应的时序关系与发送第一信息对应的时序关系一致;或者,所述上报所述请求信息对应的时序关系与发送第一信息对应的时序关系不一致。And the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information is consistent with the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information; or the timing relationship corresponding to the reporting of the request information is inconsistent with the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information.

也就是说,上报资源与波束ID对应。举个例子来说,如图16a所示,终端已确定最优波束信息为波束3。那么一种情况是波束3对应的上报位置与发射位置相同(上报时序与发送第一信息的时序关系一致),即图16a中从左至右第二个资源块。另一种可能是如图16b所示,波束3对应的上报位置由其自身序号确定,如图16b中从左至右第三个时序资源块(上报时序与发送第一信息的时序关系不一致,但上报时序也是和基站预先约定好的)。如果发射的多波束在频域也有区分(如图15c所示),那终端的上报资源也可以在频域上进行区分,如终端可以在与图15c所示相同的时序和频域位置上上报,也可以根据一定的准则、由其自身的序号确定相应的时序和频域位置,但是该准则需是预先约定好的。That is to say, the reporting resource corresponds to the beam ID. For example, as shown in Figure 16a, the terminal has determined that the optimal beam information is beam 3. Then, in one case, the reporting position corresponding to the beam 3 is the same as the transmitting position (the reporting timing is consistent with the timing relationship for transmitting the first information), that is, the second resource block from left to right in FIG. 16a. Another possibility is that, as shown in FIG. 16b, the reporting position corresponding to the beam 3 is determined by its own serial number, as shown in FIG. 16b from the left to the third timing resource block (the timing relationship between the reporting timing and the sending of the first information is inconsistent, However, the reporting timing is also pre-agreed with the base station). If the transmitted multiple beams are also differentiated in the frequency domain (as shown in FIG. 15c), the reporting resources of the terminal can also be distinguished in the frequency domain, for example, the terminal can report in the same timing and frequency domain position as shown in FIG. 15c. It is also possible to determine the corresponding timing and frequency domain position according to certain criteria and its own serial number, but the criterion needs to be pre-agreed.

或者,终端依据所述第二信息中的第一时序关系和/或第一频率资源关系,从所述预留资源中选择与所述第一时序关系和/或第一频率资源关系对应的资源块作为所述上报资源。Or the terminal selects resources corresponding to the first timing relationship and/or the first frequency resource relationship from the reserved resources according to the first timing relationship and/or the first frequency resource relationship in the second information. The block acts as the reporting resource.

也就是说,根据特定时序关系(第一时序关系)和/或特定频率资源关系(第一频率资源关系)确定上报资源,即上报资源与最优波束信息中的接收同步信号/基本系统信息的时序和/或频率关系相对应。举个例子来说,如图16c所示,通过图13所示的步骤131,终端已确定同步序列时序中第二时序位置是最优的,那么终端在确定上报资源位置时,也选定资源组中的第二时序位置进行上报。再比如,如图16d所示,通过图13所示的步骤131,终端已确定同步序列时序中第二时序位置上的第一频率资源是最优的,那么终端在确定上报资源位置时,也选定资源组中的第二时序位置上的第一频率资源进行上报。That is, the reporting resource, that is, the receiving synchronization signal/basic system information in the reporting resource and the optimal beam information, is determined according to a specific timing relationship (first timing relationship) and/or a specific frequency resource relationship (first frequency resource relationship). Timing and / or frequency relationships correspond. For example, as shown in FIG. 16c, through the step 131 shown in FIG. 13, the terminal has determined that the second timing position in the synchronization sequence timing is optimal, and the terminal also selects the resource when determining the reporting resource location. The second timing position in the group is reported. For another example, as shown in FIG. 16d, through the step 131 shown in FIG. 13, the terminal has determined that the first frequency resource in the second sequence position in the synchronization sequence timing is optimal, and the terminal also determines when reporting the resource location. The first frequency resource at the second timing position in the selected resource group is reported.

这里,在图16中,

Figure PCTCN2017084235-appb-000003
表示上报资源的时序;↑、→表示发射波束的时序。Here, in Figure 16,
Figure PCTCN2017084235-appb-000003
Indicates the timing of reporting resources; ↑, → indicates the timing of the transmitted beam.

其中,实际应用时,预留资源可以是按照最优发射波束信息或第一信 息发送的时间/频域资源预先约定好的。Wherein, in actual application, the reserved resource may be according to the optimal transmit beam information or the first letter. The time/frequency domain resources sent by the message are pre-agreed.

所述预留资源的位置是固定的位置(不随任何因素产生变化,是固定不变的),或者所述预留资源的位置是由基本系统信息确定的位置,或者所述预留资源是与上一步接收所述第一信息的时序相差特定时长后的资源(如图17所示)。The location of the reserved resource is a fixed location (does not change with any factor, is fixed), or the location of the reserved resource is a location determined by basic system information, or the reserved resource is The previous step receives the resources of the first information that differ by a certain length of time (as shown in FIG. 17).

另外,实际应用时,所述预留资源的大小可以是固定的,或者所述预留资源的大小可以是配置的。In addition, in actual application, the size of the reserved resource may be fixed, or the size of the reserved resource may be configured.

其中,所述预留资源的大小可以根据系统带宽等一些基本信息配置的。如图18a和18b所示。The size of the reserved resource may be configured according to some basic information such as system bandwidth. This is shown in Figures 18a and 18b.

这里,在图18a中,系统带宽较小,预留的资源所占可以和现有LTE系统一样,只占据6个物理资源块。当对应的系统带宽较大时,如图18b所示,预留的资源可以占据更多的物理资源块。上述只是例子,具体的预留资源大小不仅限于上述数据。Here, in FIG. 18a, the system bandwidth is small, and the reserved resources can occupy the same as the existing LTE system, occupying only 6 physical resource blocks. When the corresponding system bandwidth is large, as shown in FIG. 18b, the reserved resources can occupy more physical resource blocks. The above is just an example, and the specific reserved resource size is not limited to the above data.

S144、利用确定的上报资源向基站上报所述请求信息。S144. Report the request information to the base station by using the determined reporting resource.

这里,所述请求信息用于请求所述基站发送对应的第三信息。Here, the request information is used to request the base station to send corresponding third information.

这里,实际应用时,所述请求信息可以为系统信息请求和/或随机接入请求;相应地,所述第三信息为第二系统信息和/或随机接入响应;所述第二系统信息与所述第一系统信息不同。Here, in actual application, the request information may be a system information request and/or a random access request; correspondingly, the third information is second system information and/or a random access response; the second system information Different from the first system information.

实际应用时,所述第二系统信息可以包括只有连接态的终端在随机接入之后所需的系统信息。In practical applications, the second system information may include system information required by the terminal only in the connected state after random access.

更具体地说,当所述请求信息为系统信息请求时,所述第三信息为第二系统信息;当所述请求信息为随机接入请求时,所述第三信息为随机接入响应;当请求信息为系统信息请求和随机接入请求时,所述第三信息为第二系统信息随机接入响应。More specifically, when the request information is a system information request, the third information is second system information; when the request information is a random access request, the third information is a random access response; When the request information is a system information request and a random access request, the third information is a second system information random access response.

在实现终端与基站的交互时,所需要的系统信息包括第一系统信息和第二系统信息。When the interaction between the terminal and the base station is implemented, the required system information includes the first system information and the second system information.

实际应用时,终端确定上报资源后,选择合适的参考信号序列,进行系统信息请求上报。In actual application, after the terminal determines to report the resource, the terminal selects an appropriate reference signal sequence to report the system information request.

其中,参考信号序列可以与所述第二信息相对应,如可以用最优发射波束ID进行扰码;或者根据最优发射波束的时序和/或频率位置,在一组给定的参考信号序列组合内选取对应位置的序列。Wherein the reference signal sequence may correspond to the second information, such as may be scrambled with an optimal transmit beam ID; or according to the timing and/or frequency position of the optimal transmit beam, in a given set of reference signal sequences A sequence of corresponding locations is selected within the combination.

至此终端完成上报过程,采用本发明实施例提供的方案后,由于选取了相同最优发射波束的多个终端会使用相同的资源进行上报,因此只要某一波束/时序/频率位置上没有系统信息请求上报,这部分上报资源即可节省下来。The terminal has completed the reporting process. After the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is used, since multiple terminals that select the same optimal transmit beam will use the same resource for reporting, as long as there is no system information at a certain beam/time/frequency position. Request for reporting, this part of the report resources can be saved.

基站收到所述请求信息后,会使用上报资源指示的第二信息对应的波束,发送所述第三信息。After receiving the request information, the base station sends the third information by using a beam corresponding to the second information indicated by the reporting resource.

基于此,在一实施例中,该方法还可以包括: Based on this, in an embodiment, the method may further include:

在所述第二信息对应的资源上,接收所述第三信息。Receiving the third information on a resource corresponding to the second information.

这里,实际应用时,与所述第二信息对应的波束发送第三信息时的发送资源,可以与第一信息发送时该波束所使用的发送资源一致,即使用相同的参考符号。Here, in actual application, the transmission resource when the third information is transmitted by the beam corresponding to the second information may be consistent with the transmission resource used by the beam when the first information is transmitted, that is, the same reference symbol is used.

本发明实施例还提供了一种信息传输方法,应用于基站,如图19所示,该方法包括:The embodiment of the invention further provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a base station, as shown in FIG. 19, the method includes:

S190、以基于多波束的方式发送第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息。S190: Send first information in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information.

这里,所述基于多波束的方式可以为波束扫描。Here, the multi-beam based approach may be beam scanning.

所述第一信息可以包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息。The first information may include first system information and/or synchronization information.

其中,第一系统信息可以称为基本系统信息,可以包括:系统带宽、随机接入配置等处于空闲态的终端需要的最基本的系统信息,和/或连接态的终端需要的测量、切换配置等。The first system information may be referred to as basic system information, and may include: system bandwidth, random access configuration, and other basic system information required by the terminal in an idle state, and/or measurement and handover configuration required by the terminal in the connected state. Wait.

所述同步信息是终端接入系统前最先需要接收的信息,用于终端获取系统定时,比基本系统信息还要先接收,没有同步信息,终端无法接收基本系统信息。The synchronization information is information that needs to be received first before the terminal accesses the system, and is used for the terminal to acquire the system timing, and is received first than the basic system information. Without the synchronization information, the terminal cannot receive the basic system information.

S191、接收终端上报的请求信息。S191. Receive request information reported by the terminal.

所述上报请求可以为系统信息请求和/或随机接入请求。The reporting request may be a system information request and/or a random access request.

S192、在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源。S192. Obtain a reporting resource occupied by reporting the request information during the receiving process.

具体地,在预留的上行资源上通过基于多波束的方式接收信号;Specifically, receiving a signal by using a multi-beam based manner on the reserved uplink resource;

当在预留的上行资源中的时域和/或频域资源上解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值时,确定解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值的时域和/或频域资源上传输有所述请求信息;Demodulating the time domain of the demodulated signal or the signal quality above a set threshold and/or when the signal is demodulated or the signal quality is higher than a set threshold on the time domain and/or the frequency domain resource in the reserved uplink resource. Or transmitting the request information on the frequency domain resource;

根据解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值的时域和/或频域资源,确定所述上报资源。The reported resource is determined according to a time domain and/or a frequency domain resource that is demodulated or whose signal quality is higher than a set threshold.

换句话说,基站会在预留的上行资源上进行扫描以接收信号,如果正确在某一时、频资源上解调出信号,或者在某一时、频资源上虽没有解调出信号,但是检测到该资源上接收信号质量很好,均可认为在这一时序/时频资源上对应有请求信息,并且可以通过该时序/时频资源获取到终端上报的最优发射波束信息。In other words, the base station scans on the reserved uplink resources to receive signals, if the signals are demodulated correctly on a certain time and frequency resource, or the signal is not demodulated on a certain time and frequency resource, but the detection The received signal quality on the resource is good, and the request information can be considered to be corresponding to the timing/time-frequency resource, and the optimal transmit beam information reported by the terminal can be obtained through the timing/time-frequency resource.

其中,所述最优发射波束信息包括以下信息至少一种:The optimal transmit beam information includes at least one of the following information:

最优发射波束ID;Optimal transmit beam ID;

第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一时序关系;a first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted;

第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一频率资源关系。The first frequency resource relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted.

进而可以得到基站确定的上报资源为以下至少之一信息对应的资源块:Further, the resource block corresponding to the at least one of the following information determined by the base station may be obtained:

在基于多波束的方式发送第一信息时的最优发射波束ID; An optimal transmit beam ID when the first information is transmitted in a multi-beam based manner;

用基于多波束的方式发送第一信息时至少两次传输之间最优发射波束的第一时序关系;a first timing relationship of an optimal transmit beam between at least two transmissions when transmitting the first information in a multi-beam based manner;

用基于多波束的方式发送第一信息时至少两次传输之间最优发射波束的第一频率资源关系。The first frequency resource relationship of the optimal transmit beam between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted in a multi-beam based manner.

S193、根据上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,确定第二信息;根据所述第二信息,确定发送所述请求信息对应的第三信息所需的发送资源。S193. Determine second information according to the reported resource that is used by the request information, and determine, according to the second information, a sending resource that is required to send the third information corresponding to the request information.

这里,所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息。Here, the second information characterizes optimal transmit beam information when transmitted in a multi-beam based manner.

实际应用时,根据所述第二信息确定的波束发送第三信息时的发送资源,可以与第一信息发送时该波束所使用的发送资源一致,即使用相同的参考符号。In actual application, the transmission resource when the third information is transmitted by the beam determined according to the second information may be consistent with the transmission resource used by the beam when the first information is transmitted, that is, the same reference symbol is used.

本步骤完成后,基站获得了所需的两个信息:After this step is completed, the base station obtains the two pieces of information required:

1、终端正在请求信息;1. The terminal is requesting information;

2、终端上报的最优发射波束信息,即终端希望在某一最优发射波束ID和/或特定时序关系和/或特定频率资源上接收按需系统信息和/或随机继而响应。2. The optimal transmit beam information reported by the terminal, that is, the terminal desires to receive on-demand system information and/or randomly respond to an optimal transmit beam ID and/or a specific timing relationship and/or a specific frequency resource.

S194、利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的第三信息。S194. Send, by using the determined sending resource, third information corresponding to the request information to the terminal.

其中,相应地,所述第三信息可以为第二系统信息和/或随机接入响应;所述第二系统信息与所述第一系统信息不同。Correspondingly, the third information may be second system information and/or a random access response; the second system information is different from the first system information.

实际应用时,所述第二系统信息可以包括只有连接态的终端在随机接入之后所需的系统信息。In practical applications, the second system information may include system information required by the terminal only in the connected state after random access.

所述请求信息可以为系统信息请求和/或随机接入请求;相应地,所述第三信息为第二系统信息和/或随机接入响应;所述第二系统信息与所述第一系统信息不同。The request information may be a system information request and/or a random access request; correspondingly, the third information is second system information and/or a random access response; the second system information and the first system The information is different.

更具体地说,当所述请求信息为系统信息请求时,所述第三信息为第二系统信息;当所述请求信息为随机接入请求时,所述第三信息为随机接入响应;当请求信息为系统信息请求和随机接入请求时,所述第三信息为第二系统信息随机接入响应。More specifically, when the request information is a system information request, the third information is second system information; when the request information is a random access request, the third information is a random access response; When the request information is a system information request and a random access request, the third information is a second system information random access response.

在实现终端与基站的交互时,所需要的系统信息包括第一系统信息和第二系统信息。When the interaction between the terminal and the base station is implemented, the required system information includes the first system information and the second system information.

这里,实际应用时,只需要在有请求的时候进行系统信息和/或随机接入响应发送,基站需要确定在哪些资源上发送,并且终端需要知道哪些资源上进行接收。因此,对于系统信息的发送,一种按需发送系统信息可实现的方法是:与现有LTE系统类似,将按需发送的第一个系统信息的时域位置进行固定,这个时域位置也和最优发射波束ID和/或特定时序关系和/或特定频率资源相对应,终端仅需在与其上报资源相同ID和/或时序和/或频率资源上进行接收即可。在没有系统信息请求的其他资源上,这些资源 可以用于传输其他数据。Here, in actual application, it is only necessary to perform system information and/or random access response transmission when there is a request, and the base station needs to determine on which resources to transmit, and the terminal needs to know which resources are to be received. Therefore, for system information transmission, an on-demand system information can be implemented by: similar to the existing LTE system, the time domain location of the first system information sent on demand is fixed, and the time domain location is also Corresponding to the optimal transmit beam ID and/or specific timing relationship and/or specific frequency resources, the terminal only needs to receive on the same ID and/or timing and/or frequency resources as the reported resource. On other resources that do not have system information requests, these resources Can be used to transfer other data.

需要说明的是:本发明实施例不对利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求系统对应的第三信息的具体实现过程进行限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the specific implementation process of sending the third information corresponding to the requesting system to the terminal by using the determined sending resource is not limited.

从上面的描述中可以看出,本发明实施例中,只要是选择了相同最优发射波束信息的多个终端,就会选择相同的上报资源进行请求信息上报。As can be seen from the above description, in the embodiment of the present invention, as long as a plurality of terminals that select the same optimal transmit beam information are selected, the same reported resource is selected to perform request information reporting.

本发明实施例提供的信息传输方法,终端接收基站以基于多波束的方式发送的第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;获取所述基站在基于多波束的方式发送时的第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源;利用确定的上报资源向基站上报所述请求信息;所述请求信息用于请求所述基站发送对应的第三信息;而基站接收终端上报的请求信息;并在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源;根据上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,确定第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;根据所述第二信息,确定发送所述请求信息对应的第三信息所需的发送资源;利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的第三信息,如此,实现了终端利用预留的资源上报请求信息。同时,采用本发明实施例提供的方案时,由于选取了相同最优发射波束的多个终端会使用相同的资源进行上报,因此只要某一波束/时序/频率位置上没有请求信息上报,这部分上报资源即可节省下来,如此,可以大大节约上报资源。According to the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal receives the first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes the first system information and/or the synchronization information; and the acquiring the base station is based on multiple beams. The second information when the mode is sent; the second information is used to identify the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based transmission is performed; and the second information is used to determine the report resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource. The request information is reported to the base station by using the determined reporting resource; the request information is used to request the base station to send corresponding third information; and the base station receives the request information reported by the terminal; and the reporting request is obtained during the receiving process. And the second information is determined according to the reported resource occupied by the request information; the second information is used to represent the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based method is sent; Information, determining a transmission resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information; using the determined transmission resource to the The terminal sends the third information corresponding to the request information, and thus, the terminal uses the reserved resource report request information. At the same time, when the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is used, since multiple terminals that select the same optimal transmit beam will use the same resource for reporting, as long as there is no request information reported in a certain beam/time/frequency position, this part Reporting resources can be saved, and this can greatly save reporting resources.

为实现本发明实施例的方法,本发明实施例提供一种终端,如图20所示,该终端包括:To implement the method in the embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal. As shown in FIG. 20, the terminal includes:

第一接收单元201,配置为接收基站以基于多波束的方式发送的第一信息;所述第一信息至少包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;The first receiving unit 201 is configured to receive first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes at least first system information and/or synchronization information;

第一获取单元202,配置为获取所述基站在基于多波束的方式发送时的第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;The first acquiring unit 202 is configured to acquire second information when the base station transmits in a multi-beam based manner; the second information represents optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner;

第一确定单元203,配置为利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源;The first determining unit 203 is configured to determine, by using the second information, a reporting resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource;

上报单元204,配置为利用确定的上报资源向基站上报所述请求信息;所述请求信息用于请求所述基站发送对应的第三信息。The reporting unit 204 is configured to report the request information to the base station by using the determined reporting resource, where the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information.

其中,第一系统信息可以称为基本系统信息,可以包括:系统带宽、随机接入配置等处于空闲态的终端需要的最基本的系统信息,和/或连接态的终端需要的测量、切换配置等。The first system information may be referred to as basic system information, and may include: system bandwidth, random access configuration, and other basic system information required by the terminal in an idle state, and/or measurement and handover configuration required by the terminal in the connected state. Wait.

所述同步信息是终端接入系统前最先需要接收的信息,用于终端获取系统定时,比基本系统信息还要先接收,没有同步信息,终端无法接收基本系统信息。 The synchronization information is information that needs to be received first before the terminal accesses the system, and is used for the terminal to acquire the system timing, and is received first than the basic system information. Without the synchronization information, the terminal cannot receive the basic system information.

实际应用时,所述第二信息包括以下信息至少一种:In actual application, the second information includes at least one of the following information:

波束ID;Beam ID

第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一时序关系;a first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted;

第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一频率资源关系。The first frequency resource relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted.

如图13所示,在步骤131完成时,所述第一获取单元202可以获取所述第二信息。As shown in FIG. 13, when the step 131 is completed, the first acquiring unit 202 may acquire the second information.

其中,由于基站基于多波束的方式进行同步信号/基本系统信息发送时,这些信号发送的位置是固定的。Wherein, since the base station transmits the synchronization signal/basic system information based on the multi-beam mode, the positions of these signal transmissions are fixed.

基于此,第一种实现方式是:所述获得最优发射波束的ID。Based on this, the first implementation is: the ID of the optimal transmit beam is obtained.

具体来说,所述第一获取单元202,配置为:Specifically, the first obtaining unit 202 is configured to:

对在至少两个波束上接收的信号进行解调,得到每个波束ID;Demodulating signals received on at least two beams to obtain each beam ID;

比较各波束的接收信号质量,得到接收信号质量最好的波束;Comparing the received signal quality of each beam to obtain a beam with the best received signal quality;

将接收信号质量最好的波束作为最优发射波束;并将所述接收信号质量最好的波束ID作为所述第二信息。The beam with the best received signal quality is taken as the optimal transmit beam; and the beam ID with the best received signal quality is used as the second information.

换句话说,如图15a和15c所示,终端在多个波束上进行尝试接收,正确解调出信号后,所述第一获取单元202即可得到每个波束信息,即波束ID。通过比较各个波束的接收信号质量,所述第一获取单元202可以判断出最优发射波束的波束ID,例如最优发射波束ID为波束3。In other words, as shown in FIGS. 15a and 15c, the terminal performs an attempt to receive on multiple beams, and after correctly demodulating the signal, the first acquiring unit 202 can obtain each beam information, that is, a beam ID. By comparing the received signal qualities of the individual beams, the first acquisition unit 202 can determine the beam ID of the optimal transmit beam, for example, the optimal transmit beam ID is beam 3.

第二种实现方式是所述第一获取单元202获得最优发射波束对应的第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一时序关系。The second implementation manner is that the first acquiring unit 202 obtains a first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information transmission corresponding to the optimal transmission beam is obtained.

具体来说,所述第一获取单元202,配置为:Specifically, the first obtaining unit 202 is configured to:

对在至少两个时域资源上接收的信号进行解调,得到每个时域资源上的接收信号质量;Demodulating signals received on at least two time domain resources to obtain received signal quality on each time domain resource;

比较各时域资源上的接收信号质量,得到接收信号质量最好的接收时序;Comparing the received signal quality on each time domain resource to obtain the best receiving timing of the received signal quality;

将接收信号质量最好的接收时序作为最优发射波束的第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一时序关系;并将接收信号质量最好的接收时序作为所述第二信息。The receiving timing with the best received signal quality is used as the first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information of the optimal transmitting beam is transmitted; and the receiving timing with the best received signal quality is taken as the second information.

如图15b所示,在多个时域资源上尝试接收信号,正确解调出信号后,所述第一获取单元202比较这几个时域资源上的接收信号质量,第一获取单元82即可判断出最好接收信号的接收时序,例如第二个同步序列时序/基本系统信息时序。As shown in FIG. 15b, after the signals are received on the plurality of time domain resources, and the signals are correctly demodulated, the first acquiring unit 202 compares the received signal quality on the time domain resources, and the first acquiring unit 82 is The reception timing of the best received signal can be judged, for example, the second synchronization sequence timing/basic system information timing.

第三种实现方式是所述第一获取单元202获得最优发射波束对应的时序关系及频率资源。A third implementation manner is that the first acquiring unit 202 obtains a timing relationship and a frequency resource corresponding to an optimal transmit beam.

具体来说,所述第一获取单元202,配置为:Specifically, the first obtaining unit 202 is configured to:

对至少两个时、频域资源上接收的信号进行解调,得到每个时、频域资源上的接收信号质量;Demodulating signals received on at least two time and frequency domain resources to obtain received signal quality on each time and frequency domain resource;

比较各时、频域资源上的接收信号质量,得到接收信号质量最好的接 收时序和频率位置;Compare the received signal quality on each time and frequency domain resources, and get the best quality of the received signal. Receive timing and frequency position;

将接收信号质量最好的接收时序作为最优发射波束的第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一时序关系;将接收信号质量最好的频率位置作为所述第一频率资源关系,并将接收信号质量最好的接收时序和频率位置作为所述第二信息。The first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the reception timing with the best received signal quality is used as the first information of the optimal transmit beam; and the frequency position with the best received signal quality is used as the first frequency resource relationship, The receiving timing and the frequency position at which the received signal quality is the best are taken as the second information.

如图15d所示,终端在多个时、频域资源上分别尝试接收信号,正确解调出信号后,所述第一获取单元202比较这几个时、频资源上的接收信号质量,终端所述第一获取单元202即可判断出最好接收信号的接收时序和频率位置,例如第二个同步序列时序/基本系统信息时序上的第一段频率位置。As shown in FIG. 15d, the terminal attempts to receive signals on multiple time and frequency domain resources, and after correctly demodulating the signal, the first obtaining unit 202 compares the received signal quality on the time and frequency resources, and the terminal The first obtaining unit 202 can determine the reception timing and frequency position of the best received signal, for example, the first synchronization frequency sequence/the first frequency position on the basic system information timing.

其中,实际应用时,所述接收信号质量具体可以通过接收信号强度或信噪比等来体现。Wherein, in actual application, the quality of the received signal may be embodied by a received signal strength or a signal to noise ratio.

得到最优发射波束信息后,即可认为在后续按需系统信息和/或随机接入响应的发送过程中,终端期望在这一最优发射波束上进行接收。因此终端需要将这一信息进行上报,使得基站能够获得以下两个信息:After obtaining the optimal transmit beam information, it can be considered that the terminal expects to receive on the optimal transmit beam during the subsequent transmission of the on-demand system information and/or the random access response. Therefore, the terminal needs to report this information, so that the base station can obtain the following two information:

1、终端正在请求信息;1. The terminal is requesting information;

2.、终端上报了最优发射波束信息,即在某一最优发射波束ID和/或特定时序关系和/或特定频率资源上接收按需系统信息和/或随机接入响应。2. The terminal reports the optimal transmit beam information, that is, receives the on-demand system information and/or the random access response on an optimal transmit beam ID and/or a specific timing relationship and/or a specific frequency resource.

另外,由于终端还未接入通信系统,基站无法调度终端在特定资源上进行传输。因此为了上报上述信息,终端可以在事先预留的资源上进行上报。In addition, since the terminal has not yet accessed the communication system, the base station cannot schedule the terminal to transmit on a specific resource. Therefore, in order to report the above information, the terminal can report on the reserved resources.

基于此,在一实施例中,所述第一确定单元203,具体配置为:Based on this, in an embodiment, the first determining unit 203 is specifically configured to:

依据所述第二信息中最优发射波束ID,从所述预留资源中选择与所述ID对应的资源块作为所述上报资源;其中,And selecting, according to the optimal transmit beam ID of the second information, a resource block corresponding to the ID from the reserved resource as the reported resource;

所述上报所述请求信息对应的时序关系与发送第一信息对应的时序关系一致;或者,所述上报所述请求信息对应的时序关系与发送第一信息对应的时序关系不一致。And the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information is consistent with the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information; or the timing relationship corresponding to the reporting of the request information is inconsistent with the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information.

也就是说,上报资源与波束ID对应。举个例子来说,如图16a所示,所述第一获取单元202已确定最优波束信息为波束3。那么一种情况时波束3对应的上报位置与发射位置相同(上报时序与发送第一信息的时序关系一致),即图16a中从左至右第二个资源块。另一种可能是如图16b所示,波束3对应的上报位置由其自身index一致,即图16b中从左至右第三个时序资源块(上报时序与发送第一信息的时序关系不一致,但上报时序也是和基站预先约定好的)。如果发射的多波束在频域也有区分(如图15c所示),那终端的上报资源也可以在频域上进行区分,如终端可以在与图15c所示相同的时序和频域位置上上报,也可以根据一定的准则、由其自身的序号确定相应的时序和频域位置,但是该准则需是预先约定好的。That is to say, the reporting resource corresponds to the beam ID. For example, as shown in FIG. 16a, the first acquiring unit 202 has determined that the optimal beam information is the beam 3. Then, in one case, the reporting position corresponding to beam 3 is the same as the transmitting position (the reporting timing is consistent with the timing relationship for transmitting the first information), that is, the second resource block from left to right in FIG. 16a. Another possibility is that, as shown in FIG. 16b, the reporting position corresponding to the beam 3 is consistent by its own index, that is, the third timing resource block from left to right in FIG. 16b (the timing relationship between the reporting timing and the sending of the first information is inconsistent, However, the reporting timing is also pre-agreed with the base station). If the transmitted multiple beams are also differentiated in the frequency domain (as shown in FIG. 15c), the reporting resources of the terminal can also be distinguished in the frequency domain, for example, the terminal can report in the same timing and frequency domain position as shown in FIG. 15c. It is also possible to determine the corresponding timing and frequency domain position according to certain criteria and its own serial number, but the criterion needs to be pre-agreed.

在一实施例中,所述第一确定单元203,具体配置为: In an embodiment, the first determining unit 203 is specifically configured to:

依据所述第二信息中的第一时序关系和/或第一频率资源关系,从所述预留资源中选择与所述第一时序关系和/或第一频率资源关系对应的资源块作为所述上报资源。And selecting, according to the first timing relationship and/or the first frequency resource relationship in the second information, a resource block corresponding to the first timing relationship and/or the first frequency resource relationship as the location Report the resources.

也就是说,根据特定时序关系(第一时序关系)和/或特定频率资源关系(第一频率资源关系)确定上报资源,即上报资源与最优波束信息中的接收同步信号/基本系统信息的时序和/或频率关系相对应。举个例子来说,如图16c所示,通过图13所示的步骤131,第一获取单元202已确定同步序列时序中第二时序位置是最优的,那么所述第一确定单元203在确定上报资源位置时,也选定资源组中的第二时序位置进行上报。再比如,如图16d所示,通过图13所示的步骤131,所述第一获取单元202已确定同步序列时序中第二时序位置上的第一频率资源是最优的,那么所述第一确定单元203在确定上报资源位置时,也选定资源组中的第二时序位置上的第一频频率资源进行上报。That is, the reporting resource, that is, the receiving synchronization signal/basic system information in the reporting resource and the optimal beam information, is determined according to a specific timing relationship (first timing relationship) and/or a specific frequency resource relationship (first frequency resource relationship). Timing and / or frequency relationships correspond. For example, as shown in FIG. 16c, by the step 131 shown in FIG. 13, the first obtaining unit 202 has determined that the second timing position in the synchronization sequence timing is optimal, then the first determining unit 203 is When the location of the resource is determined, the second timing position in the resource group is also selected for reporting. For another example, as shown in FIG. 16d, by the step 131 shown in FIG. 13, the first acquiring unit 202 has determined that the first frequency resource in the second timing position in the synchronization sequence timing is optimal, then the first When determining the location of the resource, the determining unit 203 also selects the first frequency resource at the second timing position in the resource group for reporting.

这里,在图16中,

Figure PCTCN2017084235-appb-000004
表示上报资源的时序;↑、→表示发射波束的时序。Here, in Figure 16,
Figure PCTCN2017084235-appb-000004
Indicates the timing of reporting resources; ↑, → indicates the timing of the transmitted beam.

其中,实际应用时,预留资源可以是按照最优发射波束信息或第一信息发送的时间/频域资源预先约定好的。In actual application, the reserved resource may be pre-defined according to the optimal transmit beam information or the time/frequency domain resource sent by the first information.

所述预留资源的位置是固定的位置(不随任何因素产生变化,是固定不变的),或者所述预留资源的位置是由基本系统信息确定的位置,或者所述预留资源是与上一步接收所述第一信息的时序相差特定时长后的资源(如图17所示)。The location of the reserved resource is a fixed location (does not change with any factor, is fixed), or the location of the reserved resource is a location determined by basic system information, or the reserved resource is The previous step receives the resources of the first information that differ by a certain length of time (as shown in FIG. 17).

另外,实际应用时,所述预留资源的大小可以是固定的,或者所述预留资源的大小可以是配置的。In addition, in actual application, the size of the reserved resource may be fixed, or the size of the reserved resource may be configured.

其中,所述预留资源的蔡晓可以根据系统带宽等一些基本信息配置的。如图18a和18b所示。The Cai Xiao of the reserved resource may be configured according to some basic information such as system bandwidth. This is shown in Figures 18a and 18b.

这里,在图18a中,系统带宽较小,预留的资源所占可以和现有LTE系统一样,只占据6个物理资源块。当对应的系统带宽较大时,如图18b所示,预留的资源可以占据更多的物理资源块。上述只是例子,具体的预留资源大小不仅限于上述数据。Here, in FIG. 18a, the system bandwidth is small, and the reserved resources can occupy the same as the existing LTE system, occupying only 6 physical resource blocks. When the corresponding system bandwidth is large, as shown in FIG. 18b, the reserved resources can occupy more physical resource blocks. The above is just an example, and the specific reserved resource size is not limited to the above data.

实际应用时,所述第二系统信息可以包括只有连接态的终端在随机接入之后所需的系统信息。In practical applications, the second system information may include system information required by the terminal only in the connected state after random access.

更具体地说,当所述请求信息为系统信息请求时,所述第三信息为第二系统信息;当所述请求信息为随机接入请求时,所述第三信息为随机接入响应;当请求信息为系统信息请求和随机接入请求时,所述第三信息为第二系统信息随机接入响应。More specifically, when the request information is a system information request, the third information is second system information; when the request information is a random access request, the third information is a random access response; When the request information is a system information request and a random access request, the third information is a second system information random access response.

在实现终端与基站的交互时,所需要的系统信息包括第一系统信息和第二系统信息。When the interaction between the terminal and the base station is implemented, the required system information includes the first system information and the second system information.

实际应用时,终端确定上报资源后,选择合适的参考信号序列,进行 系统信息请求上报。In actual application, after determining that the resource is reported, the terminal selects an appropriate reference signal sequence to perform The system information request is reported.

其中,参考信号序列可以与所述第二信息相对应,如可以用最优发射波束ID进行扰码;或者根据最优发射波束的时序和/或频率位置,在一组给定的参考信号序列组合内选取对应位置的序列。Wherein the reference signal sequence may correspond to the second information, such as may be scrambled with an optimal transmit beam ID; or according to the timing and/or frequency position of the optimal transmit beam, in a given set of reference signal sequences A sequence of corresponding locations is selected within the combination.

至此终端完成上报过程,采用本发明实施例提供的方案后,由于选取了相同最优发射波束的多个终端会使用相同的资源进行上报,因此只要某一波束/时序/频率位置上没有系统信息请求上报,这部分上报资源即可节省下来。The terminal has completed the reporting process. After the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is used, since multiple terminals that select the same optimal transmit beam will use the same resource for reporting, as long as there is no system information at a certain beam/time/frequency position. Request for reporting, this part of the report resources can be saved.

基站收到所述请求信息后,会使用上报资源指示的第二信息对应的波束,发送所述第三信息。After receiving the request information, the base station sends the third information by using a beam corresponding to the second information indicated by the reporting resource.

基于此,在一实施例中,所述第一接收单元201,还配置为在所述第二信息对应的资源上,接收所述第三信息。Based on this, in an embodiment, the first receiving unit 201 is further configured to receive the third information on a resource corresponding to the second information.

这里,实际应用时,与所述第二信息对应的波束发送第三信息时的发送资源,可以与第一信息发送时该波束所使用的发送资源一致,即使用相同的参考符号。Here, in actual application, the transmission resource when the third information is transmitted by the beam corresponding to the second information may be consistent with the transmission resource used by the beam when the first information is transmitted, that is, the same reference symbol is used.

实际应用时,第一接收单元201可由终端中的收发机实现,第一获取单元202及第一确定单元203可由终端中的处理器比如中央处理器(CPU,Central Processing Unit)、微处理器(MCU,Micro Control Unit)、数字信号处理器(DSP,Digital Signal Processor)或可编程逻辑阵列(FPGA,Field-Programmable Gate Array)等实现;上报单元204可由终端中的处理器结合收发机实现。当然终端还包括存储器,存储器,所述处理器从存储器中获取指令(可以理解为一种计算机程序),并结合硬件实现其功能。In a practical application, the first receiving unit 201 can be implemented by a transceiver in the terminal, and the first obtaining unit 202 and the first determining unit 203 can be processed by a processor in the terminal, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor ( The MCU (Micro Control Unit), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) is implemented; the reporting unit 204 can be implemented by a processor in the terminal in combination with the transceiver. Of course, the terminal further includes a memory, a memory, and the processor acquires an instruction from the memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its functions in combination with hardware.

为实现本发明实施例的方法,本发明实施例还提供了一种基站,如图21所示,该基站包括:In order to implement the method of the embodiment of the present invention, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station. As shown in FIG. 21, the base station includes:

第一发送单元210,配置为以基于多波束的方式发送第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;The first sending unit 210 is configured to send the first information in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information;

第二接收单元211,配置为接收终端上报的请求信息;The second receiving unit 211 is configured to receive the request information reported by the terminal;

第二获取单元212,配置为在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源;The second obtaining unit 212 is configured to obtain, in the receiving process, the reporting resource occupied by reporting the request information;

第二确定单元213,配置为根据上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,确定第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;根据所述第二信息,确定第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;根据所述第二信息,确定发送所述请求信息对应的第三信息所需的发送资源;The second determining unit 213 is configured to determine the second information according to the reporting resource occupied by the request information, where the second information represents the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based transmission is performed; Determining the second information; the second information characterizing the optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in the multi-beam based manner; determining, according to the second information, the third information required to send the request information Send resources;

第二发送单元214,配置为利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的第三信息。The second sending unit 214 is configured to send the third information corresponding to the request information to the terminal by using the determined sending resource.

这里,所述基于多波束的方式可以为波束扫描。 Here, the multi-beam based approach may be beam scanning.

所述第一信息可以包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息。The first information may include first system information and/or synchronization information.

其中,第一系统信息可以称为基本系统信息,可以包括:系统带宽、随机接入配置等处于空闲态的终端需要的最基本的系统信息,和/或连接态的终端需要的测量、切换配置等。The first system information may be referred to as basic system information, and may include: system bandwidth, random access configuration, and other basic system information required by the terminal in an idle state, and/or measurement and handover configuration required by the terminal in the connected state. Wait.

所述同步信息是终端接入系统前最先需要接收的信息,用于终端获取系统定时,比基本系统信息还要先接收,没有同步信息,终端无法接收基本系统信息。The synchronization information is information that needs to be received first before the terminal accesses the system, and is used for the terminal to acquire the system timing, and is received first than the basic system information. Without the synchronization information, the terminal cannot receive the basic system information.

所述第二获取单元212,具体配置为:The second acquiring unit 212 is specifically configured to:

在预留的上行资源上通过基于多波束的方式接收信号;Receiving signals on a reserved uplink resource by means of a multi-beam based method;

当在预留的上行资源中的时域和/或频域资源上解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值时,确定解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值的时域和/或频域资源上传输有所述请求信息;Demodulating the time domain of the demodulated signal or the signal quality above a set threshold and/or when the signal is demodulated or the signal quality is higher than a set threshold on the time domain and/or the frequency domain resource in the reserved uplink resource. Or transmitting the request information on the frequency domain resource;

根据解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值的时域和/或频域资源,确定所述上报资源。The reported resource is determined according to a time domain and/or a frequency domain resource that is demodulated or whose signal quality is higher than a set threshold.

换句话说,所述第二接收单元211会在预留的上行资源上进行扫描以接收信号,如果正确在某一时、频资源上解调出信号,或者在某一时、频资源上虽没有解调出信号,但是检测到该资源上接收信号质量很好,所述第二获取单元212均可认为在这一时序/时频资源上对应有请求信息,并且可以通过该时序/时频资源获取到终端上报的最优发射波束信息。In other words, the second receiving unit 211 scans on the reserved uplink resource to receive the signal, if the signal is demodulated correctly on a certain time and frequency resource, or there is no solution on a certain time and frequency resource. The signal is sent out, but the quality of the received signal on the resource is detected to be good, and the second obtaining unit 212 can consider that the request information is corresponding to the timing/time-frequency resource, and can be obtained by using the timing/time-frequency resource. The optimal transmit beam information reported to the terminal.

其中,所述最优发射波束信息包括以下信息至少一种:The optimal transmit beam information includes at least one of the following information:

最优发射波束ID;Optimal transmit beam ID;

第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一时序关系;a first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted;

第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间最优发射波束的第一频率资源关系。The first frequency resource relationship of the optimal transmit beam between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted.

进而可以得到所述获取单元212确定的上报资源为以下至少之一信息对应的资源块:The resource block corresponding to the at least one of the following information determined by the obtaining unit 212 is obtained:

在基于多波束的方式发送第一信息时的最优发射波束ID;An optimal transmit beam ID when the first information is transmitted in a multi-beam based manner;

用基于多波束的方式发送第一信息时至少两次传输之间最优发射波束的第一时序关系;a first timing relationship of an optimal transmit beam between at least two transmissions when transmitting the first information in a multi-beam based manner;

用基于多波束的方式发送第一信息时至少两次传输之间最优发射波束的第一频率资源关系。The first frequency resource relationship of the optimal transmit beam between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted in a multi-beam based manner.

实际应用时,根据所述第二信息确定的波束发送第三信息时的发送资源,可以与第一信息发送时该波束所使用的发送资源一致,即使用相同的参考符号。In actual application, the transmission resource when the third information is transmitted by the beam determined according to the second information may be consistent with the transmission resource used by the beam when the first information is transmitted, that is, the same reference symbol is used.

当所述第二获取单元212确定了上报资源后,基站获得了所需的两个信息:After the second obtaining unit 212 determines the reporting resource, the base station obtains two pieces of information required:

1、终端正在请求信息;1. The terminal is requesting information;

2、终端上报的最优发射波束信息,即终端希望在某一最优发射波束ID 和/或特定时序关系和/或特定频率资源上接收按需系统信息和/或随机继而响应。2. The optimal transmit beam information reported by the terminal, that is, the terminal expects an optimal transmit beam ID. And/or receiving on-demand system information and/or randomly responding on a particular timing relationship and/or a particular frequency resource.

所述请求信息可以为系统信息请求和/或随机接入请求;相应地,所述第三信息为第二系统信息和/或随机接入响应;所述第二系统信息与所述第一系统信息不同。The request information may be a system information request and/or a random access request; correspondingly, the third information is second system information and/or a random access response; the second system information and the first system The information is different.

实际应用时,所述第二系统信息可以包括只有连接态的终端在随机接入之后所需的系统信息。In practical applications, the second system information may include system information required by the terminal only in the connected state after random access.

更具体地说,当所述请求信息为系统信息请求时,所述第三信息为第二系统信息;当所述请求信息为随机接入请求时,所述第三信息为随机接入响应;当请求信息为系统信息请求和随机接入请求时,所述第三信息为第二系统信息随机接入响应。More specifically, when the request information is a system information request, the third information is second system information; when the request information is a random access request, the third information is a random access response; When the request information is a system information request and a random access request, the third information is a second system information random access response.

在实现终端与基站的交互时,所需要的系统信息包括第一系统信息和第二系统信息。When the interaction between the terminal and the base station is implemented, the required system information includes the first system information and the second system information.

在实现终端与基站的交互时,所需要的系统信息包括第一系统信息和第二系统信息。When the interaction between the terminal and the base station is implemented, the required system information includes the first system information and the second system information.

实际应用时,只需要在有请求的时候进行系统信息和/或随机接入响应发送,基站需要确定在哪些资源上发送,并且终端需要知道哪些资源上进行接收。因此,对于系统信息的发送,一种按需发送系统信息可实现的方法是:与现有LTE系统类似,将按需发送的第一个系统信息的时域位置进行固定,这个时域位置也和最优发射波束ID和/或特定时序关系和/或特定频率资源相对应,终端仅需在与其上报资源相同ID和/或时序和/或频率资源上进行接收即可。在没有系统信息请求的其他资源上,这些资源可以用于传输其他数据。In actual application, only system information and/or random access response transmission is required when there is a request, and the base station needs to determine on which resources to transmit, and the terminal needs to know which resources are to be received. Therefore, for system information transmission, an on-demand system information can be implemented by: similar to the existing LTE system, the time domain location of the first system information sent on demand is fixed, and the time domain location is also Corresponding to the optimal transmit beam ID and/or specific timing relationship and/or specific frequency resources, the terminal only needs to receive on the same ID and/or timing and/or frequency resources as the reported resource. These resources can be used to transfer other data on other resources that do not have system information requests.

需要说明的是:本发明实施例不对利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的系统信息的具体实现过程进行限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the specific implementation process of sending system information corresponding to the request information to the terminal by using the determined sending resource is not limited.

从上面的描述中可以看出,本发明实施例中,只要是选择了相同最优发射波束信息的多个终端,就会选择相同的上报资源进行系统信息请求上报。As can be seen from the above description, in the embodiment of the present invention, as long as a plurality of terminals that select the same optimal transmit beam information are selected, the same reported resource is selected to perform system information request report.

实际应用时,所述第二接收单元211可由基站的收发机实现;所述第二获取单元212、第二确定单元213可由基站中的处理器比如CPU、MCU、DSP或FPGA等实现;所述第一发送单元210及第二发送单元214可由基站中的CPU、MCU、DSP或FPGA结合收发机实现。当然基站还包括存储器,存储器,所述处理器从存储器中获取指令(可以理解为一种计算机程序),并结合硬件实现其功能。In a practical application, the second receiving unit 211 can be implemented by a transceiver of the base station; the second obtaining unit 212 and the second determining unit 213 can be implemented by a processor in the base station, such as a CPU, an MCU, a DSP, an FPGA, or the like; The first sending unit 210 and the second sending unit 214 can be implemented by a CPU, an MCU, a DSP or an FPGA in a base station in combination with a transceiver. Of course, the base station further includes a memory, a memory, which acquires an instruction from the memory (which can be understood as a computer program) and implements its functions in combination with hardware.

本领域内的技术人员应明白,本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本发明可采用在一个或多个其中携带有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不 限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the present invention may employ computer usable storage media (including but not included in one or more of the computer usable program code. It is limited to the form of a computer program product implemented on a disk storage, a CD-ROM, an optical storage, or the like.

本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (system), and computer program products according to embodiments of the invention. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.

这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.

这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

基于此,本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现本发明实施例方法的步骤。Based on this, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer readable storage medium, on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the method of the embodiment of the present invention are implemented.

尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例,但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念,则可对这些实施例做出另外的变更和修改。所以,所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。Although the preferred embodiment of the invention has been described, it will be apparent to those skilled in the < Therefore, the appended claims are intended to be interpreted as including the preferred embodiments and the modifications and

显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本发明进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明的精神和范围。这样,倘若本发明的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本发明也意图携带这些改动和变型在内。It is apparent that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and the modifications

工业实用性Industrial applicability

本发明实施例提供的方案,网络侧利用多个波束向终端发送系统信息,发送的系统信息中携带终端发送随机接入信息可用时频资源的配置信息,终端侧利用多个波束接收网络侧发送的系统信息,终端可以由此确定出最优的终端侧接收波束信息和最优的网络侧发送波束信息,相应的,终端可以根据确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息、配置信息和网络侧最优发送波 束信息向网络侧发送随机接入信息,而无需在多个波束上向网络侧发送随机接入信息,从而节约了终端的处理资源开销,减小了接入时延。终端在向网络侧发送的随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息,使得网络侧据此可以确定网络侧最优发送波束,后续网络侧在向终端发送随机接入响应等下行信息时,可以在该最优发送波束上发送,而无需采用扫波束方式进行发送,从而节约了网络侧的处理资源的开销,减小了随机接入时延。According to the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the network side sends the system information to the terminal by using multiple beams, and the transmitted system information carries the configuration information of the time-frequency resource available for the terminal to send the random access information, and the terminal side uses the multiple beam to receive the network side to send the information. The system information can be determined by the terminal to obtain the optimal terminal side receiving beam information and the optimal network side transmitting beam information. Accordingly, the terminal can determine the terminal side optimal receiving beam information, configuration information, and network side according to the determined terminal side. Optimal transmit wave The bundle information sends the random access information to the network side, and does not need to send the random access information to the network side on multiple beams, thereby saving the processing resource overhead of the terminal and reducing the access delay. The random access request sent by the terminal to the network side carries the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information, so that the network side can determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side, and the subsequent network side sends the random access response to the terminal. When the information is transmitted, the optimal transmission beam can be transmitted without using the sweeping beam mode, thereby saving the processing resource overhead of the network side and reducing the random access delay.

本发明实施例提供的方案,终端接收基站以基于多波束的方式发送的第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;获取所述基站在基于多波束的方式发送时的第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源;利用确定的上报资源向基站上报所述请求信息;所述请求信息用于请求所述基站发送对应的第三信息;而基站接收终端上报的请求信息;并在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源;根据上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,确定第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;根据所述第二信息,确定发送所述请求信息对应的第三信息所需的发送资源;利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的第三信息,如此,实现了终端利用预留的资源上报请求信息。同时,采用本发明实施例提供的方案时,由于选取了相同最优发射波束的多个终端会使用相同的资源进行上报,因此只要某一波束/时序/频率位置上没有请求信息请求上报,这部分上报资源即可节省下来,如此,可以大大节约上报资源。 According to the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal receives the first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes the first system information and/or the synchronization information; and the acquiring the base station is sent in a multi-beam based manner. Second information; the second information represents optimal transmit beam information when transmitted in a multi-beam based manner; using the second information, determining, by using the second information, the reporting resource required for reporting the request information; utilizing Determining the reported resource to report the request information to the base station; the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information; and the base station receives the request information reported by the terminal; and obtains the report information in the receiving process. The second reported information is determined according to the reported resource occupied by the request information; the second information represents the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based method is sent; according to the second information, Determining a transmission resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information; sending the determined transmission resource to the terminal The third information corresponding to the request information, in this way, realizes that the terminal utilizes the reserved resource report request information. At the same time, when the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is used, since multiple terminals that select the same optimal transmit beam will use the same resource for reporting, as long as there is no request information request report on a certain beam/time/frequency position, this Some of the reported resources can be saved, so that the reporting resources can be greatly saved.

Claims (52)

一种随机接入方法,包括:A random access method, including: 利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息,所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,N和M为自然数;分别确定终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息;根据所述配置信息以及确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息,向所述网络侧发送随机接入信息;Receiving, by using the receiving beams that are different in the N directions, the system information that is sent by using the transmitting beams that are different in the M direction, where the system information carries the configuration information of the time-frequency resources that are used to send the random access information, where M is a natural number; determining the optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side and the optimal transmitting beam information of the network side respectively; and according to the configuration information and the determined optimal receiving beam information of the terminal side and the optimal transmitting beam information of the network side, The network side sends random access information; 或者,or, 利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息,其中,N和M为自然数;确定网络侧最优发送波束;向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。Receiving system information transmitted by the network side using different transmit beams of M directions, wherein N and M are natural numbers; determining an optimal transmit beam on the network side; and transmitting random access to the network side The request, the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述配置信息包括发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源组的组标识与所述发送波束的标识之间的映射关系;所述网络侧最优发送波束信息包括网络侧最优发送波束的标识,所述终端侧最优接收波束信息包括终端侧最优接收波束的标识;以及The method according to claim 1, wherein the configuration information comprises a mapping relationship between a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group in which random access information is available and an identifier of the transmission beam; the network side optimal transmission The beam information includes an identifier of an optimal transmit beam on the network side, and the optimal receive beam information on the terminal side includes an identifier of an optimal receive beam on the terminal side; 根据所述配置信息以及确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息,向所述网络侧发送随机接入信息,包括:And sending the random access information to the network side according to the configuration information, the determined terminal-side optimal receive beam information, and the network-side optimal transmit beam information, including: 从所述系统信息携带的映射关系中查找所述网络侧最优发送波束的标识对应的组标识;Searching, from the mapping relationship carried in the system information, a group identifier corresponding to the identifier of the optimal transmit beam on the network side; 在查找到的组标识对应的时频资源上,根据终端侧最优接收波束的标识,使用相应的波束向所述网络侧发送随机接入信息。On the time-frequency resource corresponding to the found group identifier, the random access information is sent to the network side by using a corresponding beam according to the identifier of the optimal receiving beam at the terminal side. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其中,发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为连续的;或者发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为非连续的;各时频资源组之间的关系为时分的和/或频分的。The method according to claim 2, wherein the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are in the time domain and/or Or discontinuous in the frequency domain; the relationship between each time-frequency resource group is time-division and/or frequency-divided. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其中,分别确定终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息,包括:The method of claim 2, wherein determining terminal-side optimal reception beam information and network-side optimal transmission beam information, respectively, comprises: 确定信噪比最高和/或信号强度最大的接收波束的标识为终端侧最优接收波束信息;以及Determining the identity of the receive beam with the highest signal to noise ratio and/or the maximum signal strength as the terminal side optimal receive beam information; 确定与该最优接收波束相匹配的发送波束的标识为网络侧最优发送波束信息。The identifier of the transmit beam that matches the optimal receive beam is determined to be network-side optimal transmit beam information. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述系统信息中携带有以下至少一项信息用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息:发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系;将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接 入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波束标识之间的第二对应关系;将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系。The method of claim 1, wherein the system information carries at least one of the following information for determining network-side optimal transmit beam indication information: a first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and its corresponding indication identifier ; random access obtained by grouping random access sequences a second correspondence between the first group of identifiers corresponding to the sequence group and the transmit beam identifier; and a second group of identifiers and transmit beams corresponding to the time-frequency resource group obtained by the UE transmitting the time-frequency resources available for the random access request The third correspondence between the identifiers. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述网络侧与UE预先约定UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型;或者网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型。The method according to claim 5, wherein the network side and the UE pre-arrange the type of the correspondence relationship used by the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side; or the network side indicates by the signaling that the UE is used to determine the most Excellent correspondence type of the beam indication information. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其中,针对每一种对应关系,如果该对应关系中包含至少两种对应方式,则所述网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应方式。The method according to claim 5, wherein, for each correspondence, if the correspondence includes at least two corresponding manners, the network side indicates, by signaling, that the UE is used to determine an optimal transmit beam indication on the network side. The corresponding way of information. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其中,发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为连续的;或者发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为非连续的;各时频资源组之间的关系为时分的和/或频分的。The method according to claim 5, wherein the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are in the time domain and/or Or discontinuous in the frequency domain; the relationship between each time-frequency resource group is time-division and/or frequency-divided. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源位置与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系;或者所述第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源起始位置、资源模式与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系。The method according to claim 5, wherein the third correspondence includes a correspondence between a time-frequency resource location included in each time-frequency resource group and a beam identifier of a transmission beam; or the third correspondence includes each The correspondence between the start position of the time-frequency resource, the resource mode, and the beam identifier of the transmit beam included in the time-frequency resource group. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其中,在向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求之前,还包括:The method of claim 5, further comprising: before sending the random access request to the network side: 根据所述第一对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的指示标识;以及Determining, according to the first correspondence, an indication identifier corresponding to a beam identifier of an optimal transmit beam of the network side; 将确定出的网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的指示标识作为所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。And determining, by the determined indicator identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the optimal transmit beam of the network side, the network side optimal transmit beam indication information. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其中,在向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求之前,还包括:The method of claim 5, further comprising: before sending the random access request to the network side: 根据所述第二对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的第一组标识;以及Determining, according to the second correspondence, a first group identifier corresponding to a beam identifier of an optimal transmit beam of the network side; 向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息,包括:Sending a random access request to the network side, where the random access request carries the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information, including: 向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有从所述第一组标识对应的随机接入序列组中选择任一随机接入序列。Sending a random access request to the network side, where the random access request carries any random access sequence selected from the random access sequence group corresponding to the first group identifier. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,在向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求之前,还包括:The method of claim 5, further comprising: before sending the random access request to the network side, 根据所述第三对应关系,确定网络侧最优发送波束的波束标识对应的第二组标识;以及Determining, according to the third correspondence, a second group identifier corresponding to a beam identifier of an optimal transmit beam of the network side; 向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息,包括:Sending a random access request to the network side, where the random access request carries the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information, including: 在所述第二组标识对应的时频资源上向所述网络侧发送随机接入请 求。Sending random access to the network side on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second group identifier begging. 如权利要求1、5至12任一项所述的方法,其中,还包括:The method of any of claims 1, 5 to 12, further comprising: 接收网络侧发送的随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应中携带有所述网络侧确定出的终端侧最优发送波束指示信息;以及Receiving a random access response sent by the network side, where the random access response carries the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information determined by the network side; 根据所述终端侧最优发送波束指示信息,使用最优发送波束向所述网络侧发送上行信息。And transmitting uplink information to the network side by using an optimal transmit beam according to the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information. 一种随机接入装置,包括:A random access device comprising: 第一接收单元,配置为利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息,所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,N和M为自然数;The first receiving unit is configured to receive, by using the receiving beams with different directions in the N direction, system information that is sent by using the transmitting beams that are different in the M direction, where the system information carries the time-frequency resources that are used to send the random access information. Configuration information, where N and M are natural numbers; 第一确定单元,配置为分别确定终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息;a first determining unit, configured to determine terminal-side optimal receiving beam information and network-side optimal transmitting beam information, respectively; 第一发送单元,配置为根据所述配置信息以及确定出的终端侧最优接收波束信息和网络侧最优发送波束信息,向所述网络侧发送随机接入信息;The first sending unit is configured to send random access information to the network side according to the configuration information and the determined terminal-side optimal receiving beam information and network-side optimal transmitting beam information; 或者,or, 所述装置包括:The device includes: 第二接收单元,配置为利用N个方向不同的接收波束分别接收网络侧利用M个方向不同的发送波束发送的系统信息,其中,N和M为自然数;The second receiving unit is configured to receive, by using the receiving beams with different directions in the N directions, the system information sent by the network side using the transmitting beams with different M directions, where N and M are natural numbers; 第二确定单元,配置为确定网络侧最优发送波束;a second determining unit, configured to determine an optimal transmit beam on the network side; 第二发送单元,配置为向所述网络侧发送随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。The second sending unit is configured to send a random access request to the network side, where the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information. 如权利要求14所述的装置,其中,所述配置信息包括发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源组的组标识与所述发送波束的标识之间的映射关系;所述网络侧最优发送波束信息包括网络侧最优发送波束的标识,所述终端侧最优接收波束信息包括终端侧最优接收波束的标识;以及The apparatus according to claim 14, wherein the configuration information comprises a mapping relationship between a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group in which random access information is available and an identifier of the transmission beam; the network side optimal transmission The beam information includes an identifier of an optimal transmit beam on the network side, and the optimal receive beam information on the terminal side includes an identifier of an optimal receive beam on the terminal side; 所述第一发送单元,包括:The first sending unit includes: 查找子单元,配置为从所述系统信息携带的映射关系中查找所述网络侧最优发送波束的标识对应的组标识;The locating unit is configured to search for a group identifier corresponding to the identifier of the network-side optimal transmit beam from the mapping relationship carried in the system information; 发送子单元,配置为在查找到的组标识对应的时频资源上,根据终端侧最优接收波束的标识,使用相应的波束向所述网络侧发送随机接入信息。The sending sub-unit is configured to send random access information to the network side by using a corresponding beam according to the identifier of the optimal receiving beam of the terminal side on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the found group identifier. 如权利要求14所述的装置,其中,当所述装置包含第二接收单元、第二确定单元以及第二发送单元时,所述系统信息中携带有以下至少一项信息用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息:发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系;将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波束标识之间的第二对应关系;将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系。The device according to claim 14, wherein when the device includes a second receiving unit, a second determining unit, and a second sending unit, the system information carries at least one of the following information for determining the network side The optimal transmit beam indication information is: a first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and the corresponding indication identifier; and a first between the first group identifier and the transmit beam identifier corresponding to the random access sequence group obtained by grouping the random access sequence The second correspondence relationship between the second group identifier corresponding to the time-frequency resource group and the transmission beam identifier of the time-frequency resource group obtained by the UE transmitting the time-frequency resource available for the random access request. 一种终端,包括权利要求14~16任一项所述的装置。 A terminal comprising the device of any one of claims 14-16. 一种随机接入方法,包括:A random access method, including: 利用M个方向不同的发送波束向用户终端UE发送系统信息,所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,M为自然数;接收所述UE根据所述配置信息发送的随机接入信息;The system information is sent to the user terminal UE by using the transmit beams with different M directions, where the system information carries the configuration information of the time-frequency resource that is used to send the random access information, where M is a natural number; and receiving the UE according to the Configure random access information for information transmission; 或者,or, 利用M个方向不同的发送波束向用户设备UE发送系统信息,所述M为自然数;接收所述UE在接收到所述系统信息之后发送的随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。Sending system information to the user equipment UE by using different transmit beams in the M direction, where the M is a natural number; receiving a random access request sent by the UE after receiving the system information, where the random access request carries The network side optimally transmits beam indication information. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其中,还包括:The method of claim 18, further comprising: 根据接收到的随机接入信息确定网络侧最优发送波束信息和终端侧最优发送波束信息以及发送随机接入响应的时频资源。The network-side optimal transmit beam information and the terminal-side optimal transmit beam information and the time-frequency resource for transmitting the random access response are determined according to the received random access information. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述配置信息包括发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源组的组标识与所述发送波束的标识之间的映射关系;以及所述随机接入信息为所述UE根据从所述系统信息携带的映射关系中查找到的、网络侧最优发送波束的标识对应的组标识,在相应的时频资源上根据终端侧最优接收波束的标识,使用相应的波束发送的。The method according to claim 19, wherein said configuration information comprises a mapping relationship between a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group in which random access information is available and an identifier of said transmission beam; and said random access information And the group identifier corresponding to the identifier of the network-side optimal transmit beam that is searched by the UE according to the mapping relationship carried in the system information, and is used according to the identifier of the optimal receive beam of the terminal side on the corresponding time-frequency resource. The corresponding beam is sent. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其中,根据接收到的随机接入信息确定网络侧最优发送波束信息和所述UE的终端侧最优发送波束信息以及发送随机接入响应的时频资源,包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein the network side optimal transmission beam information and the terminal side optimal transmission beam information of the UE and the time-frequency resource for transmitting the random access response are determined according to the received random access information, include: 确定所述UE发送所述随机接入信息所用的时频资源组的组标识,在所述映射关系中查找所述UE发送所述随机接入信息所用的时频资源组的组标识对应的波束的标识,确定查找到的波束的标识为网络侧最优发送波束信息;Determining a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information, and searching, in the mapping relationship, a beam corresponding to a group identifier of a time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information The identifier of the discovered beam is determined to be the optimal transmit beam information of the network side; 确定所述UE发送所述随机接入信息的波束的标识为所述UE的终端侧最优发送波束信息;以及Determining, by the UE, that the identifier of the beam that sends the random access information is the terminal-side optimal transmit beam information of the UE; 确定所述UE发送所述随机接入信息所用的时频资源组中包含的时频资源为发送随机接入响应的时频资源。The time-frequency resource included in the time-frequency resource group used by the UE to send the random access information is determined to be a time-frequency resource that sends a random access response. 如权利要求20或21所述的方法,其中,还包括:The method of claim 20 or 21, further comprising: 在随机接入成功后,根据网络侧最优发送波束的标识,使用相应的波束向所述UE发送下行信息。After the random access succeeds, the downlink information is sent to the UE by using a corresponding beam according to the identifier of the optimal transmit beam on the network side. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述系统信息中携带有以下至少一项信息用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息:发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系;将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波束标识之间的第二对应关系;将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系。The method of claim 18, wherein the system information carries at least one of the following information for determining network-side optimal transmit beam indication information: a first correspondence between the transmit beam identifier and its corresponding indication identifier a second correspondence between the first group of identifiers corresponding to the random access sequence group and the transmission beam identifier obtained by grouping the random access sequences; and the time-frequency resources available for the UE to send the random access request are grouped The third correspondence between the second group identifier corresponding to the frequency resource group and the sending beam identifier. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其中,网络侧与UE预先约定UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型;或者网络侧通过信 令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应关系类型。The method of claim 23, wherein the network side and the UE pre-arrange the type of the correspondence relationship used by the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side; or the network side The indication type used by the UE to determine the optimal transmit beam indication information of the network side is determined. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其中,针对每一种对应关系,如果如果该对应关系中包含至少两种对应方式,则所述网络侧通过信令指示UE用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息的对应方式。The method of claim 23, wherein, for each correspondence, if the corresponding relationship includes at least two corresponding manners, the network side indicates by the signaling that the UE is used to determine an optimal transmit beam on the network side. Indicates how the information corresponds. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其中,发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为连续的;或者发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源在时域和/或频域上为非连续的;各时频资源组之间的关系为时分的和/或频分的。The method according to claim 23, wherein the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are consecutive in the time domain and/or the frequency domain; or the time-frequency resources available for transmitting the random access information are in the time domain and/or Or discontinuous in the frequency domain; the relationship between each time-frequency resource group is time-division and/or frequency-divided. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其中,所述第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源位置与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系;或者所述第三对应关系包括各时频资源组包含的时频资源起始位置、资源模式与发送波束的波束标识之间的对应关系。The method according to claim 23, wherein the third correspondence includes a correspondence between a time-frequency resource location included in each time-frequency resource group and a beam identifier of a transmission beam; or the third correspondence includes each The correspondence between the start position of the time-frequency resource, the resource mode, and the beam identifier of the transmit beam included in the time-frequency resource group. 如权利要求18、23~27任一项所述的方法,其中,还包括:The method of any one of claims 18, 23 to 27, further comprising: 根据所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息使用最优发送波束对应的波束向所述UE发送下行信息。And transmitting downlink information to the UE by using a beam corresponding to the optimal transmit beam according to the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information. 如权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE在所述第一对应关系中查找的、其确定出的网络侧最优波束的波束标识对应的指示标识;以及The method of claim 28, wherein the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information is corresponding to a beam identifier of the determined network-side optimal beam that is searched by the UE in the first correspondence relationship. Indication indicator; 按照以下方法确定网络侧最优发送波束:Determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side as follows: 根据网络侧最优波束的波束标识对应的指示标识,从所述第一对应关系中查找相应的波束标识;And searching, according to the indication identifier corresponding to the beam identifier of the optimal beam of the network side, the corresponding beam identifier from the first correspondence relationship; 确定查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。The transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined to be an optimal transmit beam on the network side. 如权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE根据第二对应关系选择的任一随机接入序列;以及The method of claim 28, wherein the network side optimal transmit beam indication information is any random access sequence selected by the UE according to a second correspondence relationship; 按照以下方法确定网络侧最优发送波束:Determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side as follows: 根据所述UE选择的任一随机接入序列,从所述第二对应关系中查找该随机接入序列所属随机接入序列组的组标识对应的波束标识;And searching, according to the random access sequence selected by the UE, a beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the random access sequence group to which the random access sequence belongs according to the second correspondence relationship; 确定查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。The transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined to be an optimal transmit beam on the network side. 如权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息为所述UE根据第三对应关系选择的发送所述随机接入请求使用的时频资源;以及The method of claim 28, wherein the network side optimal transmit beam indication information is a time-frequency resource used by the UE to send the random access request according to a third correspondence relationship; 按照以下方法确定网络侧最优发送波束:Determine the optimal transmit beam on the network side as follows: 根据所述UE发送随机接入请求所使用的时频资源,从所述第三对应关系中查找该时频资源所属时频资源组的组标识对应的波束标识;And searching, according to the time-frequency resource used by the UE to send the random access request, the beam identifier corresponding to the group identifier of the time-frequency resource group to which the time-frequency resource belongs according to the third correspondence; 确定查找到的波束标识对应的发送波束为网络侧最优发送波束。The transmit beam corresponding to the found beam identifier is determined to be an optimal transmit beam on the network side. 如权利要求28所述的方法,其中,根据所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息使用最优发送波束对应的波束向所述UE发送下行信息,包括:The method of claim 28, wherein the downlink information is sent to the UE by using the beam corresponding to the optimal transmit beam according to the network-side optimal transmit beam indication information, including: 根据所述网络侧最优发送波束指示信息使用最优发送波束对应的波束 向所述UE发送随机接入响应,所述随机接入响应中携带有终端侧最优发送波束指示信息。And using the optimal transmit beam indication information according to the network side optimal transmit beam indication information Sending a random access response to the UE, where the random access response carries the terminal-side optimal transmit beam indication information. 一种随机接入装置,包括:A random access device comprising: 第三发送单元,配置为利用M个方向不同的发送波束向用户终端UE发送系统信息,所述系统信息中携带有发送随机接入信息可用的时频资源的配置信息,其中,M为自然数;The third sending unit is configured to send the system information to the user terminal UE by using the sending beams that are different in the M directions, where the system information carries the configuration information of the time-frequency resource that is used to send the random access information, where M is a natural number; 第三接收单元,配置为接收所述UE根据所述配置信息发送的随机接入信息;a third receiving unit, configured to receive random access information that is sent by the UE according to the configuration information; 或者,or, 所述装置包括:The device includes: 第四发送单元,配置为利用M个方向不同的发送波束向用户设备UE发送系统信息,所述M为自然数;The fourth sending unit is configured to send system information to the user equipment UE by using different transmit beams in the M directions, where the M is a natural number; 第四接收单元,配置为接收所述UE在接收到所述系统信息之后发送的随机接入请求,所述随机接入请求中携带有网络侧最优发送波束指示信息。The fourth receiving unit is configured to receive a random access request that is sent by the UE after receiving the system information, where the random access request carries network-side optimal transmit beam indication information. 如权利要求33所述的装置,其中,当所述装置包含第三发送单元和第三接收单元时,所述装置还包括:The apparatus of claim 33, wherein when the apparatus comprises a third transmitting unit and a third receiving unit, the apparatus further comprises: 第三确定单元,配置为根据接收到的随机接入信息确定网络侧最优发送波束信息和所述UE的终端侧最优发送波束信息以及发送随机接入响应的时频资源。And a third determining unit, configured to determine, according to the received random access information, network-side optimal transmit beam information, terminal-side optimal transmit beam information of the UE, and time-frequency resources for transmitting a random access response. 如权利要求33所述的装置,其中,当所述装置包含第四发送单元和第四接收单元时,所述系统信息中携带有以下至少一项信息用于确定网络侧最优发送波束指示信息:发送波束标识与其对应的指示标识之间的第一对应关系;将随机接入序列进行分组得到的随机接入序列组对应的第一组标识与发送波束标识之间的第二对应关系;将UE发送随机接入请求可用的时频资源进行分组得到的时频资源组对应的第二组标识与发送波束标识之间的第三对应关系。The device according to claim 33, wherein when the device comprises a fourth transmitting unit and a fourth receiving unit, the system information carries at least one of the following information for determining network-side optimal transmit beam indication information. And a second correspondence between the first group identifier and the transmission beam identifier corresponding to the random access sequence group obtained by grouping the random access sequence; The third correspondence between the second group identifier corresponding to the time-frequency resource group and the transmission beam identifier of the time-frequency resource group obtained by the UE by using the time-frequency resource available for the random access request. 一种基站,包括权利要求33~35任一项所述的装置。A base station comprising the apparatus of any one of claims 33-35. 一种信息传输方法,应用于终端,所述方法包括:An information transmission method is applied to a terminal, and the method includes: 接收基站以基于多波束的方式发送的第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;Receiving first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information; 获取所述基站在基于多波束的方式发送时的第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;Acquiring second information when the base station transmits in a multi-beam based manner; the second information characterizing optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner; 利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源;Determining, by using the second information, a reporting resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource; 利用确定的上报资源向基站上报所述请求信息;所述请求信息用于请求所述基站发送对应的第三信息。The request information is reported to the base station by using the determined reporting resource; the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,所述请求信息为系统信息请求和/或随机接入请求;The method of claim 37, wherein the request information is a system information request and/or a random access request; 相应地,所述第三信息为第二系统信息和/或随机接入响应;所述第二 系统信息与所述第一系统信息不同。Correspondingly, the third information is second system information and/or a random access response; the second The system information is different from the first system information. 根据权利要求37或38所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息包括以下信息至少一种:The method according to claim 37 or 38, wherein said second information comprises at least one of the following information: 波束身份标识ID;Beam identity ID; 第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一时序关系;a first timing relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted; 第一信息传输时至少两次传输之间的第一频率资源关系。The first frequency resource relationship between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted. 根据权利要求37或38所述的方法,其中,所述利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源,包括:The method according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the determining, by using the second information, the reporting resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource comprises: 依据所述第二信息中最优发射波束ID,从所述预留资源中选择与所述ID对应的资源块作为所述上报资源;其中,And selecting, according to the optimal transmit beam ID of the second information, a resource block corresponding to the ID from the reserved resource as the reported resource; 所述上报所述请求信息对应的时序关系与发送第一信息对应的时序关系一致;或者,所述上报所述请求信息对应的时序关系与发送第一信息对应的时序关系不一致。And the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information is consistent with the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information; or the timing relationship corresponding to the reporting of the request information is inconsistent with the timing relationship corresponding to the sending of the first information. 根据权利要求37或38所述的方法,其中,所述利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源,包括:The method according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the determining, by using the second information, the reporting resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource comprises: 依据所述第二信息中的第一时序关系和/或第一频率资源关系,从所述预留资源中选择与所述第一时序关系和/或第一频率资源关系对应的资源块作为所述上报资源。And selecting, according to the first timing relationship and/or the first frequency resource relationship in the second information, a resource block corresponding to the first timing relationship and/or the first frequency resource relationship as the location Report the resources. 根据权利要求37或38所述的方法,其中,所述预留资源的位置是固定的位置,或者所述预留资源的位置是由基本系统信息确定的位置,或者所述预留资源是与上一步接收所述第一信息的时序相差特定时长后的资源。The method according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the location of the reserved resource is a fixed location, or the location of the reserved resource is a location determined by basic system information, or the reserved resource is The previous step receives the resource after the timing of the first information differs by a specific duration. 根据权利要求37或38所述的方法,其中,所述预留资源的大小是固定的,或者所述预留资源的大小是配置的。The method according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the size of the reserved resource is fixed, or the size of the reserved resource is configured. 一种信息传输方法,应用于基站,所述方法包括:An information transmission method is applied to a base station, and the method includes: 以基于多波束的方式发送第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;Transmitting the first information in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information; 接收终端上报的请求信息;并在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源;Receiving the request information reported by the terminal; and obtaining the reporting resource occupied by reporting the request information during the receiving process; 根据上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,确定第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;Determining, according to the reported reporting resource occupied by the request information, the second information; the second information characterizing the optimal transmit beam information when the multi-beam based manner is sent; 根据所述第二信息,确定发送所述请求信息对应的第三信息所需的发送资源;Determining, according to the second information, a sending resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information; 利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的第三信息。And transmitting, by the determined transmission resource, third information corresponding to the request information to the terminal. 根据权利要求44所述的方法,其中,所述上报请求为系统信息请求和/或随机接入请求;The method of claim 44, wherein the reporting request is a system information request and/or a random access request; 相应地,所述第三信息为第二系统信息和/或随机接入响应;所述第二 系统信息与所述第一系统信息不同。Correspondingly, the third information is second system information and/or a random access response; the second The system information is different from the first system information. 根据权利要求44或45所述的方法,其中,在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,包括:The method according to claim 44 or 45, wherein obtaining the reporting resource occupied by the requesting information in the receiving process comprises: 在预留的上行资源上通过基于多波束的方式接收信号;Receiving signals on a reserved uplink resource by means of a multi-beam based method; 当在预留的上行资源中的时域和/或频域资源上解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值时,确定解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值的时域和/或频域资源上传输有所述请求信息;Demodulating the time domain of the demodulated signal or the signal quality above a set threshold and/or when the signal is demodulated or the signal quality is higher than a set threshold on the time domain and/or the frequency domain resource in the reserved uplink resource. Or transmitting the request information on the frequency domain resource; 根据解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值的时域和/或频域资源,确定所述上报资源。The reported resource is determined according to a time domain and/or a frequency domain resource that is demodulated or whose signal quality is higher than a set threshold. 根据权利要求44或45所述的方法,其中,确定的上报资源为以下至少之一信息对应的资源块:The method according to claim 44 or 45, wherein the determined reporting resource is a resource block corresponding to at least one of the following information: 在基于多波束的方式发送第一信息时的最优发射波束ID;An optimal transmit beam ID when the first information is transmitted in a multi-beam based manner; 在基于多波束的方式发送第一信息时至少两次传输之间最优发射波束的第一时序关系;a first timing relationship of an optimal transmit beam between at least two transmissions when transmitting the first information in a multi-beam based manner; 在基于多波束的方式发送第一信息时至少两次传输之间最优发射波束的第一频率资源关系。The first frequency resource relationship of the optimal transmit beam between at least two transmissions when the first information is transmitted in a multi-beam based manner. 一种终端,所述终端包括:A terminal, the terminal comprising: 第一接收单元,配置为接收基站以基于多波束的方式发送的第一信息;所述第一信息至少包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;a first receiving unit, configured to receive first information that is sent by the base station in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes at least first system information and/or synchronization information; 第一获取单元,配置为获取所述基站在基于多波束的方式发送时的第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire second information when the base station transmits in a multi-beam based manner; the second information represents optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner; 第一确定单元,配置为利用所述第二信息,在预留资源中确定上报请求信息所需的上报资源;a first determining unit, configured to determine, by using the second information, a reporting resource required for reporting the request information in the reserved resource; 上报单元,配置为利用确定的上报资源向基站上报所述请求信息;所述请求信息用于请求所述基站发送对应的第三信息。The reporting unit is configured to report the request information to the base station by using the determined reporting resource, where the request information is used to request the base station to send the corresponding third information. 根据权利要求48所述的终端,其中,所述第一接收单元,还配置为在所述第二信息对应的资源上,接收所述第三信息。The terminal according to claim 48, wherein the first receiving unit is further configured to receive the third information on a resource corresponding to the second information. 一种基站,所述基站包括:A base station, the base station comprising: 第一发送单元,配置为以基于多波束的方式发送第一信息;所述第一信息包括第一系统信息和/或同步信息;a first sending unit, configured to send the first information in a multi-beam based manner; the first information includes first system information and/or synchronization information; 第二接收单元,配置为接收终端上报的请求信息;a second receiving unit, configured to receive request information reported by the terminal; 第二获取单元,配置为在接收过程中获得上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源;The second obtaining unit is configured to obtain the reporting resource occupied by reporting the request information during the receiving process; 第二确定单元,配置为根据上报所述请求信息所占用的上报资源,确定第二信息;所述第二信息表征在基于多波束的方式发送时的最优发射波束信息;根据所述第二信息,确定发送所述请求信息对应的第三信息所需的发送资源; a second determining unit, configured to determine second information according to reporting the reporting resource occupied by the request information; the second information characterizing optimal transmit beam information when transmitting in a multi-beam based manner; according to the second Information, determining a transmission resource required to send the third information corresponding to the request information; 第二发送单元,配置为利用确定的发送资源向所述终端发送与所述请求信息对应的第三信息。The second sending unit is configured to send the third information corresponding to the request information to the terminal by using the determined sending resource. 根据权利要求50所述的基站,其中,所述第二获取单元,配置为:The base station according to claim 50, wherein the second obtaining unit is configured to: 在预留的上行资源上通过基于多波束的方式接收信号;Receiving signals on a reserved uplink resource by means of a multi-beam based method; 当在预留的上行资源中的时域和/或频域资源上解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值时,确定解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值的时域和/或频域资源上传输有所述请求信息;Demodulating the time domain of the demodulated signal or the signal quality above a set threshold and/or when the signal is demodulated or the signal quality is higher than a set threshold on the time domain and/or the frequency domain resource in the reserved uplink resource. Or transmitting the request information on the frequency domain resource; 根据解调出信号或者信号质量高于设定阈值的时域和/或频域资源,确定所述上报资源。The reported resource is determined according to a time domain and/or a frequency domain resource that is demodulated or whose signal quality is higher than a set threshold. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现权利要求1至13任一项所述方法的步骤,或者实现权利要求18至32任一项所述方法的步骤,或者实现权利要求37至43任一项所述方法的步骤,或者实现权利要求44至47任一项所述方法的步骤。 A computer readable storage medium having stored thereon a computer program, the computer program being executed by a processor to perform the steps of the method of any one of claims 1 to 13, or to implement any one of claims 18 to 32 The steps of the method, or the steps of the method of any one of claims 37 to 43 or the steps of the method of any one of claims 44 to 47.
PCT/CN2017/084235 2016-05-13 2017-05-12 Random access method, information transmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium Ceased WO2017194014A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610320096.9 2016-05-13
CN201610320307.9A CN106900075A (en) 2016-05-13 2016-05-13 A kind of accidental access method, device, relevant device and system
CN201610320307.9 2016-05-13
CN201610320096.9A CN106900074B (en) 2016-05-13 2016-05-13 A random access method, device, related equipment and system
CN201610666116.8 2016-08-12
CN201610666116.8A CN106888507B (en) 2016-08-12 2016-08-12 Information transferring method, terminal and base station

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017194014A1 true WO2017194014A1 (en) 2017-11-16

Family

ID=60266829

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/084235 Ceased WO2017194014A1 (en) 2016-05-13 2017-05-12 Random access method, information transmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017194014A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115088346A (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-09-20 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Resource determination method and device and communication equipment
TWI779170B (en) * 2018-02-27 2022-10-01 美商高通公司 Beam reporting for active beams

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103891161A (en) * 2011-10-19 2014-06-25 三星电子株式会社 Uplink control method and apparatus in wireless communication system
CN104734760A (en) * 2013-12-20 2015-06-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method, device and system for processing downlink wave beam index
US20150382268A1 (en) * 2014-06-30 2015-12-31 Qualcomm Incorporated Handover with integrated antenna beam training in wireless networks
CN105530685A (en) * 2014-10-24 2016-04-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Message sending and receiving method, sending and receiving device, base station and terminal

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103891161A (en) * 2011-10-19 2014-06-25 三星电子株式会社 Uplink control method and apparatus in wireless communication system
CN104734760A (en) * 2013-12-20 2015-06-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method, device and system for processing downlink wave beam index
US20150382268A1 (en) * 2014-06-30 2015-12-31 Qualcomm Incorporated Handover with integrated antenna beam training in wireless networks
CN105530685A (en) * 2014-10-24 2016-04-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Message sending and receiving method, sending and receiving device, base station and terminal

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI779170B (en) * 2018-02-27 2022-10-01 美商高通公司 Beam reporting for active beams
CN115088346A (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-09-20 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Resource determination method and device and communication equipment

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11736989B2 (en) Random access method, network node and user equipment
US20230328597A1 (en) Random access method, network node and user equipment
US11553529B2 (en) Methods and apparatuses for determining and configuring a time-frequency resource, in the random access process
US20220338185A1 (en) Processing method and apparatus for recovering beam
KR101567370B1 (en) Cooperative transceiver and method in a broadband wireless communication system
CN113382482B (en) Measurement-based random access configuration
EP2880940B1 (en) Method and apparatus for receiving a control channel
CN106888507B (en) Information transferring method, terminal and base station
JP6880200B2 (en) Wireless communication methods, terminal devices, and network devices
CN107787602B (en) Coordinated random access based on common random access channel resources
KR20190131381A (en) Method and apparatus for configuration of demodulation reference siganl information in vehicle-to-everything system
CN106900074A (en) A kind of accidental access method, device, relevant device and system
CN108811173B (en) Random access method, base station equipment and user equipment
RU2536358C2 (en) Mobile station and base radio station
CN108307506B (en) Method and device for configuring random access resource and random access method and device
US11985709B2 (en) Random access method, user equipment, base station, and random access system
CN109495975A (en) Accidental access method, base station equipment and user equipment
TW202143783A (en) Beam refinement techniques for random access communications
CN108289329A (en) The method and base station equipment of random access, user equipment
CN107689839A (en) A signal transmission method and device
CN109104220B (en) Beam training method, initiator device and responder device
JP2020512765A (en) Method and apparatus for providing indication of physical resources used for random access and storage medium
CN106900075A (en) A kind of accidental access method, device, relevant device and system
CN107105504A (en) The resource allocation methods and device of a kind of system access
CN110430620A (en) It is saved for power, range improves and the enhanced PRACH scheme of improved detection

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17795632

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 04/03/2019)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17795632

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1